CX A330 Mel PDF 160615 PDF
CX A330 Mel PDF 160615 PDF
CX A330 Mel PDF 160615 PDF
A330
TRANSMITTAL LETTER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
This is the Minimum Equipment List at issue date 15 JUN 16 for the A330 and replacing last issue
dated 28 MAR 16
TRANSMITTAL LETTER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
FILING INSTRUCTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Localization Insert
Remove
Subsection Title Rev. Date
PLP-LESS
ALL 15 JUN 16
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
HOW-PLP-TOC
ALL 15 JUN 16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
HOW-PLP-SOH
ALL 15 JUN 16
SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
HOW
ALL 15 JUN 16
How to Use
MI-PLP-TOC
ALL 15 JUN 16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MI-PLP-SOH
ALL 15 JUN 16
SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
MI-23-10
ALL 15 JUN 16
Speech Communication
MI-25-40
ALL 15 JUN 16
Lavatories
MI-27-40
ALL 15 JUN 16
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
MI-27-51
ALL 15 JUN 16
Flaps Electrical Control and Monitoring
MI-27-81
ALL 15 JUN 16
Slats Electrical Control and Monitoring
MI-34-50
ALL 15 JUN 16
ATC and Radio/GPS Navigation Systems
MI-36-11
ALL 15 JUN 16
Engine Bleed Air Supply System
MI-36-12
ALL 15 JUN 16
APU Bleed Air Supply and Crossbleed Systems
MI-38-31
ALL
Waste System
MI-38-31
15 JUN 16
Toilet System
MI-49-10
ALL 15 JUN 16
Power Plant (APU)
MO-PLP-TOC
ALL 15 JUN 16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MO-PLP-SOH
ALL 15 JUN 16
SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
Continued on the following page
FILING INSTRUCTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED
PRELIMINARY PAGES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
ME MEL Entries
MI MEL Items
PRELIMINARY PAGES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
(1)
M Localization Subsection Title Rev. Date
R PLP-LESS LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS 15 JUN 16
PLP-LETDU LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY DOCUMENTARY UNITS 19 JUL 14
R HOW How to Use 15 JUN 16
ME-21 Air Conditioning 28 MAR 16
ME-22 Auto Flight 28 MAR 16
ME-23 Communications 28 MAR 16
ME-24 Electrical Power 20 APR 14
ME-26 Fire Protection 28 MAR 16
ME-27 Flight Controls 28 MAR 16
ME-28 Fuel 15 JUN 15
ME-29 Hydraulic Power 15 JUN 15
ME-30 Ice and Rain Protection 20 APR 14
ME-31 Indicating/Recording Systems 28 MAR 16
ME-32 Landing Gear 28 MAR 16
ME-34 Navigation 28 MAR 16
ME-36 Pneumatic 28 MAR 16
ME-46 Information Systems 28 MAR 16
ME-49 Airborne Auxiliary Power 15 DEC 11
ME-52 Doors 15 DEC 11
ME-70 Engine 28 MAR 16
MI-21-01-01 AIR Overhead Panel 15 DEC 11
MI-21-01-02 CABIN PRESS Overhead Panel 15 DEC 11
MI-21-01-03 CARGO AIR COND Overhead Panel 15 DEC 11
MI-21-01-04 VENTILATION Overhead Panel 15 DEC 11
MI-21-07-01 Indications on the BLEED SD page 15 SEP 15
MI-21-07-02 Indications on the CAB PRESS SD page 15 SEP 15
MI-21-07-03 Indications on the COND SD page 15 JUN 15
MI-21-07-04 Indications on the CRUISE SD page 15 JUN 15
MI-21-09 ECAM Alert 15 DEC 11
MI-21-21 Cabin, Main Deck Cargo Compartment, Air Distribution and 30 JAN 14
Recirculation
MI-21-23 Lavatory, Galley and IFE Ventilation 15 JUN 15
MI-21-25 Air Conditioning Compartment Ventilation 01 MAR 13
MI-21-26 Avionics Equipment Ventilation 20 APR 14
MI-21-28 Lower Deck Cargo Compartment Ventilation and Cooling 15 JUN 15
MI-21-31 Pressure Control and Monitoring 28 MAR 16
MI-21-43 Lower Deck Cargo Compartment Heating 20 MAR 15
MI-21-51 Pack Flow Control 28 MAR 16
MI-21-52 Air Conditioning Packs 28 MAR 16
MI-21-53 Pack Control 28 MAR 16
Continued on the following page
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY DOCUMENTARY UNITS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY DOCUMENTARY UNITS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AIRCRAFT ALLOCATION TABLE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
This table gives, for each delivered aircraft, the cross reference between:
- The Manufacturing Serial Number (MSN).
- The Fleet Serial Number (FSN) of the aircraft as known by AIRBUS S.A.S.
- The registration number of the aircraft as known by AIRBUS S.A.S.
- The aircraft model.
(1)
M MSN FSN Registration Number Model
0102 B-HLD 330-342
0113 B-HLF 330-342
0121 B-HLH 330-342
0386 B-HLM 330-343
0389 B-HLN 330-343
0393 B-HLO 330-343
0418 B-HLP 330-343
0420 B-HLQ 330-343
0421 B-HLR 330-343
0423 B-HLS 330-343
0439 B-HLT 330-343
0539 B-HLU 330-343
0548 B-HLV 330-343
0565 B-HLW 330-343
0679 B-LAC 330-342
0776 B-LAD 330-342
0850 B-LAE 330-342
0855 B-LAF 330-342
0895 B-LAG 330-342
0915 B-LAH 330-342
0959 B-LAI 330-342
1163 B-LAJ 330-342
1196 B-LAK 330-343
1222 B-LAL 330-343
Continued on the following page
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AIRCRAFT ALLOCATION TABLE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
HOW TO USE
UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED
HOW TO USE
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Revision Highlights.................................................................................................................................................. A
General.....................................................................................................................................................................B
MEL Purpose and Scope........................................................................................................................................ C
MEL Application.......................................................................................................................................................D
Handling Potential MEL Conflicts............................................................................................................................ E
MEL Compliance......................................................................................................................................................F
MEL Revision Management And Approval............................................................................................................. G
Optional Equipment (If Installed) .................................................................................................................. H
MEL Contents............................................................................................................................................................I
MEL Presentation..................................................................................................................................................... J
Supplementary Information - Navigation................................................................................................................. K
CDL Presentation..................................................................................................................................................... L
Definitions................................................................................................................................................................ M
Abbreviations........................................................................................................................................................... N
HOW TO USE
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
HOW TO USE
PRELIMINARY PAGES - SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
HOW TO USE
PRELIMINARY PAGES - SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
REVISION HIGHLIGHTS
Ident.: HOW-18703164.9001001 / 15 JUN 16
Applicable to: ALL
1
MEL Section Revised Section/Item Description
HOW REVISION HIGHLIGHTS Inserted revision highlights for the 15Jun16 revision (CX
change).
HOW GENERAL Latest EASA MMEL revision 10May16 referenced (MMEL
10May16).
HOW ADD SYMBOLS Note added reminding that a separate PADD must to be
raised to downgrade autoland capability (CX change).
MI 23-10-02B (m) removed as there is no (m) procedure required by the
MMEL for ATSU equipped aircraft (MMEL).
MI 25-40-50A
1. Note 2 describing inop toilets found during dispatch
phase removed at the request of ENG (CX change).
2. MAINTENANCE note 3 added requiring notification to
the ISM of inop lavatory positions added (CX change).
MI 25-40-51A Item moved to 38-31-51A 'Toilet System' to correspond with
AMM numbering (CX change) (CX change).
MI 25-40-51B
1. Item moved to 38-31-51A 'Toilet System' to correspond
with AMM numbering.
2. Item simplified by removing current entry and referring to
25-40-50 Lavatory (CX change).
3. [P] revised to [S] (CX change).
MI 27-51-01A Note referring to SB A330-27-3201 added (CX change).
MI 27-51-02A Note referring to SB A330-27-3201 added (CX change).
MI 27-81-02A Note referring to SB A330-27-3201 added (CX change).
MI 36-11-01B SADD symbol added due sector flight time limitation (CX
change).
MI 36-12-01A CX MAINTENANCE note removed at the request of ENG.
Note that this is not MMEL content (CX change).
MI 36-12-02A CX MAINTENANCE note removed at the request of ENG.
Note that this is not MMEL content (CX change).
MI 38-31 Title revised from Waste System to Toilet system to
correspond with AMM chapters (CX change).
MI 38-31-51 25-40-50 moved to 38-31-51 (CX change).
Continued on the following page
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
GENERAL
Ident.: HOW-18700427.9001001 / 15 JUN 16
Applicable to: ALL
2
This Minimum Equipment List (MEL) covers the Airbus A330 aircraft with Rolls Royce TRENT
772 and TRENT 772B engines aircraft operated by Cathay Pacific Airways Limited.
This MEL revision is based on the following:
‐ EASA A330/A340 MMEL revision dated 10May16.
‐ HKAR MMEL/MEL Issue 1 Revision 4 dated 10 Dec 2012.
Note: 1. This MEL covers ETOPS operations up to 180 minutes. It does not include entries
covering ETOPS operation beyond 180 minutes.
2. The CX MEL is authored and approved as a common A330/A340 MEL however when
printed, the document is produced as a fleet specific A330 and A340 document. This
MEL is produced in .xml format and is published as a printed document in .pdf.
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
This MEL forms part of the Operations Manual for Cathay Pacific Airways Limited. It is issued by
the Flight Operations Department, authorized by the Director of Flight Operations and its contents is
approved by HKCAD before publication.
The MEL provides guidance for flight crews and maintenance personnel to assist in dispatching an
aircraft on schedule from any station. It is intended to permit operation of an aircraft, under specific
conditions, with particular instruments, items of equipment or functions inoperative for a period of
time until rectification can be accomplished.
The Commander shall satisfy himself before the aircraft takes off that the flight may commence in
compliance with the conditions of the MEL.
By approving the MEL, the HKCAD permits dispatch of the aircraft for revenue or training flights with
certain items or components inoperative, provided an acceptable level of safety is maintained by
use of appropriate operational and/or maintenance procedures, by transfer of the function to another
operating component, or by reference to other instruments or components providing the required
information.
The MEL contains only those items required by Operating Regulations or those items of
airworthiness significance, which may be inoperative prior to dispatch, provided limitations and
procedures are observed. Equipment that is obviously needed to satisfy airworthiness requirements,
such as wings, rudders, flaps, engines, landing gear, etc., are not listed and must be operative for all
flights.
It is important to note that;
“ALL ITEMS WHICH ARE RELATED TO THE AIRWORTHINESS OF THE AIRCRAFT AND ARE
NOT INCLUDED ON THE LIST ARE AUTOMATICALLY REQUIRED TO BE OPERATIVE”.
Equipment obviously not related to airworthiness or required required for safe operation of the
aircraft, such as galley equipment or passenger convenience items etc. may not be listed.
MEL APPLICATION
Ident.: HOW-18700429.9001001 / 15 SEP 15
Applicable to: ALL
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
airmanship. The decision process shall include a review of the applicable FCOM and/or
QRH procedures and any applicable MEL items (including the requirement for associated
(m) and (o) procedures and limitations). Communication with IOC is also recommended
in order to establish potential impact of handling the defect at the destination station and
impact on subsequent sectors.
No flight shall take place with any item of aircraft equipment inoperative or outside the
requirements of the Operations Manual, if in the opinion of the Commander the lack of such
equipment or the relaxing of an Operations Manual requirement will jeopardize the safe conduct of
the flight.
The decision of the Commander to have allowable inoperative items corrected prior to flight
will take precedence over the provisions contained in the MEL. The Commander may request
requirements above the MEL, whenever in his judgement such added equipment is essential to
the safety of a particular flight under the conditions prevailing at the time.
The MEL does not take into account multiple unserviceabilities. Therefore, before
dispatching an aircraft with multiple inoperative MEL items, it must be assured that any
interface or interrelationship between inoperative items will not result in a degradation in
the level of safety and/or unduly increase crew workload. When assessing the effect of
multiple unserviceabilities, in particular those involving related systems, it is essential for
the Commander to exercise good judgement based on the specific circumstances at the
time, including en-route airport availability, navigation facilities and weather conditions.
The Commander must be aware of the operational and technical consequences of a given failure
and must satisfy himself that the failed component or system is properly isolated or deactivated.
In cases where defects fall outside the scope of the MEL or other Operations Manual requirements
and which cannot be rectified at the current base, it may be possible to operate the flight in
accordance with the Operations Dispensation procedure (Ref Operations Manual Part A, Appendix
A 2.6).
Technical advice contacts:
‐ At line stations where defects, rectification or certification work requires further clarification or
engineering assistance, the Commander should contact CX MC for advice.
‐ If an inoperative component restricts aircraft operational performance, the Commander is to
inform Integrated Operations Centre (IOC) as soon as possible via SITA HKGWWCX, ACARS,
VHF or SATCOM.
MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY
Where the Commander is available, the Ground Engineer will seek his approval before the
application of the MEL.
Close co-operation is required between flight crew and maintenance in order to determine the best
course of action to be taken when a system or component failure has occurred.
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
When a defect is deferred under the provisions of the MEL the Engineer must ensure that:
1. When available, the Commander is fully informed of all aspects of the unserviceability in order
to facilitate changes to operating techniques as necessary. For this purpose the AML/Deferred
Defect Logs SHALL NOT BE DEEMED AS ADEQUATE.
2. A check of the inoperative unit must be made to ensure that:
A. No further damage will occur as a result of the unit being inoperative.
B. The cause of the malfunction is isolated to the inoperative unit and that other required units
are not affected.
3. Details of the defect and MEL reference number must be recorded in the appropriate Deferred
Defect section of the Maintenance Log, as either one of the following:
A. Acceptable Deferred Defect (ADD).
B. Significant Acceptable Deferred Defect (SADD).
C. Performance Acceptable Deferred Defect (PADD).
4. The inoperative control(s), and/or indicator(s) are placard in such a manner that they remain
accessible to the crew at all times.
5. For defects that are classified as Category P, S, L, E and items that effect the RVSM status
of the aircraft, the Ground Engineer shall ensure that the item is communicated to HKG Flight
Dispatch (except S) and HKGOWCX, HKGWWCX, HKGMMCX, HKGWNCX and HKGXEXH.
The decision of the Commander regarding acceptance of the aircraft is final.
When considering the application of a new MEL item, MEL items already logged as current Deferred
Defects on the aircraft MUST be reviewed in order to ensure no MEL conflicts exist.
MEL COMPLIANCE
Ident.: HOW-18700430.9001001 / 15 SEP 15
Applicable to: ALL
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Category C : Items in this category shall be rectified within ten (10) consecutive calendar
days, excluding the day of discovery.
Category D : Items in this category shall be rectified within sixty (60) consecutive calendar
days, excluding the day of discovery.
The start of the rectification interval is the date that the DD was entered. Except for FC, FH and
sector limited rectification intervals listed under Category A, which begin immediately.
EXAMPLE A defect is deferred in the logbook at 03.00 on 6th March. If the item is category
"C" (10 days), the time limit commences at 00:01 UTC on the 7th March and
expires at midnight on the 16th March.
Note: A calendar day rectification interval may be granted an extension for an additional period
of time to maximum duration as specified in the MEL and CDL for Categories B, C, and
D.
REPEAT DEFECT DEFERRAL
In the event of a defect recurring within the first 2 flights after clearing a MEL item covering for the
same defect. The fault shall be rectified or, if deferring under the same MEL reference, the defect
shall be back dated to the start date of the original MEL application.
EXTENSION OF A RECTIFICATION INTERVAL CATEGORY
The "MEL Rectification Interval Extension procedure" provides for an extension to the calendar
day rectification interval for an additional period of time up to a maximum duration as that specified
in the MEL and authorisation of such extensions can only be performed by CX Engineering
Planning Cat 'E' approval holders (ref EOMP 4-21-1 and OM-A 8.6).
An extension of a rectification interval is a temporary extension of the "Calendar Day" period laid
down in the MEL for categories 'B', 'C' and 'D' ONLY.
Note: No extension can be made for category "A" items under this procedure.
An extension will be raised by the CX Duty Planning Engineer and authorised by any CX
Engineering Planning Cat "E" approval holder. The Director General (HKCAD) shall be notified
within 10 days of any extension so authorised.
The original maintenance log book ADD number will be retained. A maintenance log entry will
be made at the time of the MEL extension issue. The MEL extension authority number and new
expiry date will be entered into the rectification extension column of the ADD page.
Extensions outside of this scheme can only be issued and approved by the HKCAD and the
request for such extensions must originate from within CX Engineering Department.
Note: An aircraft may be dispatched for flight, landing after the expiry period of the original or
extended time period, provided the aircraft has been dispatched during the period of
validity.
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
INTRODUCTION
The Airbus Chief Pilot is responsible for the MEL.
Requests for revisions must be directed to the Technical Manager - Airbus who will prepare draft
revisions for circulation. The MEL revision proposal is forwarded to the Hong Kong Civil Aviation
Department Flight Standards and Airworthiness Division for final approval.
Refer to the FOP Fleet Technical Office PPM Section 6.3 for further information.
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
The (If Installed) symbol indicates that an item is applicable only if the aircraft has the related
equipment.
When a DU title has the (If Installed) symbol , this indicates that the DU might not apply to all the
aircraft listed in the DU validity.
MEL CONTENTS
Ident.: HOW-18700432.9001001 / 20 OCT 14
Applicable to: ALL
MEL PRESENTATION
Ident.: HOW-18700433.9001001 / 15 JUN 16
Applicable to: ALL
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Note: Each subsection has its own date that corresponds to the issue date of the latest MEL
revision that has revised the subsection. Subsections of the MEL may therefore have
different revision dates.
MEL ENTRIES (ME) SECTION
This section lists all the ECAM alerts. The ECAM monitors the condition of some systems. In the
case of malfunction of one or more systems, the ECAM provides the flight crew with an associated
ECAM alert.
For each ECAM alert, this section indicates the associated MEL item (if any) to be applied for the
dispatch.
When an ECAM alert reports a system failure, the flight crew and the maintenance personnel
should refer to this section as a user-friendly entry point in the MEL.
HOW TO USE THE ME SECTION
EXAMPLE: ENG 1(2) FIRE LOOP A(B) FAULT
Note: This A330 example represents a typical case to explain the page letter identification
system. Actual letter numbering may differ between the A340 and A330 MEL and for
future MEL revisions.
STEP 1 - Locate the ECAM alert in the ME section Table of Contents:
Each ME-ATA chapter lists all the ECAM alerts for that chapter. Each ECAM message has an
alphabet designation starting from A to Z (and AA to AZ if more than 26 ECAM alert exist within
an ATA chapter). The first alert of each separate ATA chapter starts with the letter A.
Using the example ECAM alert:
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
STEP 3 - Go to the page footer to locate F which in this case is in the range E to H (H continues
onto the next page).
STEP 4 - Locate the ENG 1(2) FIRE LOOP A(B) FAULT on page E to H.
Note: The same page letter identification system is used for the MI (MEL ITEM) and MO
(MEL OPERATIONAL Procedures) section.
AIRCRAFT STATUS COLUMN
An ECAM alert may cover one or several failure modes of the monitored system. For each
failure mode, the AIRCRAFT STATUS column may indicate the following status:
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
NIL :
When there is only one failure mode, the AIRCRAFT STATUS column
indicates NIL.
When there are several failure modes, the AIRCRAFT STATUS column
might give a short description of each failure mode and/or a simple way
to identify each failure mode. If the MEL does not give this information,
the column displays NIL.
Actual alert : This indicates that the monitored system is inoperative. The failure mode
is the failure of the monitored system.
False alert : This indicates that the monitoring system is inoperative. The failure
mode is the failure of the monitoring system. The monitored system
remains fully operative.
The Operator is responsible for identifying the failure mode.
CONDITION OF DISPATCH COLUMN
For each failure mode, the CONDITION OF DISPATCH column gives the applicable MEL
item(s) for dispatch. The flight crew is responsible for checking that the condition of the
aircraft systems/components complies with the MEL requirements. If not, the dispatch of
the aircraft is not permitted.
The CONDITION OF DISPATCH column may also give the following alternate possibilities:
NO DISPATCH : It is not permitted to dispatch the aircraft when the ECAM displays this
alert.
Not related to MEL : The ECAM alert does not report a system failure but a reversible
abnormal condition such as the state of a system or an aircraft
configuration or an external condition. This condition is not a system
failure and is not related to MEL. The MEL shall not be used.
This is not a NO-GO situation. The corrective action to revert to normal
condition is immediate, obvious or well known by flight crew and/or
maintenance personnel.
3
MEL ITEMS (MI) SECTION
This section lists the equipment, components, systems or functions that are safety-related and that
are temporarily permitted to be inoperative at departure provided that the Operator complies with
the associated MEL requirements.
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Note: One single computer may include several functions. The corresponding MEL item is
either:
‐ The computer: The MEL does not consider the loss of a single function. In this case,
when one function is inoperative, the Operator must consider that the computer is
inoperative.
‐ Each function separately. In this case, if several functions are inoperative, the
Operator must apply all the related MEL items.
ITEM NUMBERING
A code of three pairs of digits or four pairs of digits identifies each MEL item.
The three first digits of this numbering system follow the ATA Spec 2200.
For practical reasons, the second pair of digit also follows the below Airbus organization:
‐ 01 refers to items located on the overhead panels,
‐ 05 refers to indications on the PFD,
‐ 06 refers to indications on the ND,
‐ 07 refers to indications on the SD pages,
‐ 08 refers to indications on the EWD,
‐ 09 refers to ECAM alerts,
‐ 10 to 95 follows the ATA Spec 2200.
The last pair of digits is the item rank. The item rank complies with the following Airbus
organization rules:
‐ Item ranks from 01 to 49 are for Airbus MMEL items,
• For items on the overhead panels, item ranks from 01 to 29 refer to lights,
• For items on the overhead panels, item ranks from 31 to 49 refer to pushbutton switches
and selectors.
‐ Item ranks from 50 to 99 are for CX introduced MEL items,
DISPATCH CONDITIONS
The dispatch conditions indicate (for each applicable item) the suitable conditions, limitations
(placards, operational procedures, maintenance procedures) necessary to ensure that an
acceptable level of safety is maintained.
Some MEL items may have several dispatch conditions. Each dispatch condition offers a
different option to dispatch the aircraft.
A reference identifies each dispatch condition.
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
EXAMPLE
27-10-01C
‐ 27-10-01 corresponds to the item number,
‐ The letter "C" identifies the dispatch condition within the item 27-10-01.
Note: If an Operator receives only the dispatch conditions 27-10-01B and
27-10-01D, this means that the dispatch conditions 27-10-01A and
27-10-01C do not apply to the Operator’s fleet (this does not mean
that the dispatch conditions 27-10-01A and 27-10-01C are missing
from the MEL).
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Qualified flight crew or qualified cabin crew usually performs the operational procedures.
However other qualified personnel can also perform the operational procedures. But the flight
crew must read the content of the operational procedure before each flight.
Maintenance procedure
The (m) symbol indicates that the dispatch condition requires a specific maintenance
procedure to permit operation of the aircraft with the inoperative item.
Purpose of the maintenance procedure may be:
‐ To deactivate a system,
‐ To check a system.
The maintenance procedure is normally a one-time action that must be applied before the first
MEL dispatch. However the dispatch condition may specify a periodicity for repetitive actions.
In this case the maintenance procedure must be applied before the first MEL dispatch and
must be repeated at the defined periodicity.
Where an AMM reference is provided, this can be located in the AirN@v AMM
Deactivation/Reactivation procedure.
Note: 1. If for any reason it is not possible to comply with the requirements of the (m)
procedure, the aircraft cannot be dispatched with the associated item inoperative.
However under certain circumstances either a Maintenance Concession
or Operational Dispensation may allow aircraft dispatch. An alternative
maintenance procedure not in the AMM may only be used if Cathay Pacific
Airways Maintenance Control HKG are contacted and a Maintenance Concession
is issued.
2. The MEL item indicates the associated AMM task reference. However using the
AMM task reference is not the recommended method to find the task in the AMM.
The MEL item number should be used in AirN@v.
3. The MEL item might indicate “Refer to AMM task” instead of the AMM task
reference. This indicates that the MEL item is associated with several AMM tasks.
AirN@v should be used to find the applicable AMM tasks.
NOTES
There are three levels of notes:
‐ Notes at the level of the item: these notes appear below the item title and before the first
dispatch condition of this item. These notes apply to all the dispatch conditions of the item.
‐ Notes at the level of the dispatch condition: these notes appear at the end of the dispatch
condition. These notes apply only to this dispatch condition.
‐ Notes at the level of the proviso: these notes appear within a proviso. These notes apply only
to this proviso.
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
REFERENCES
The references assist the Operator in complying with the MEL requirements.
References are used in the following three cases:
1. To permit aircraft dispatch, another item has to be considered inoperative. In this case both
MEL items must be entered in the AML and the associated dispatch conditions of both
items applied (including the respective (o) and (m) procedures if any). If there is a difference
between the Repair Interval for the two items, the most restrictive Repair Interval applies.
Example : In this case both 21-51-01A and 21-52-01B must be entered in the AML and
associated dispatch conditions applied.
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
ADD SYMBOLS
[E] : Identifies items that affect the ETOPS capability of the aircraft. The requirements
for ETOPS dispatch are detailed in the accompanying text and may involve
reference to other systems. Certain E items do not prohibit ETOPS but may have
an effect on ETOPS at the planning stage. All E items which are deferred must
be entered as a PADD.
Note: A separate PADD must be raised downgrading the aircraft to "NON
ETOPS".
[L] : Identifies items that affect Automatic Landing Capability for Low Visibility
Operations (LVO). All L items which are deferred must be entered as a PADD
and must state the current Autoland Capability (ref the relevant MEL item MO
section).
Note:
A separate PADD must be raised downgrading the Autoland capability.
[P] : Identifies items with a performance limitation or an effect on aircraft utilization. All
P items which are deferred must be transferred to the yellow Performance
ADD Maintenance Log page.
When a PADD is entered or removed, the item must be communicated to
HKG Flight Dispatch HKGOWCX and copied to HKGWWCX, HKGMMCX,
HKGWNCX and HKGXEXH.
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
[S] : Identifies a Significant ADD. All S items which are deferred must be
transferred to Grey Significant ADD page of the Maintenance Log. SADDs
are defined as:
‐ MEL items considered to have potential for operational impact and/or increased
Flight Crew workload.
‐ Requiring Verification, Inspection or Maintenance before each flight as detailed
in the MEL.
‐ Having a sector or flight time limitation in either the MEL or AMM.
‐ Being the subject of a "CX Maintenance Concession."
‐ Affecting normal transit servicing.
Apart from those S category items detailed in the MEL, other items are detailed
in Engineering Organisation and Maintenance Procedures Manual section 7A-2
(EOMP 7A-2).
When a SADD is entered or removed, the item must be communicated to
HKGWWCX, HKGMMCX, HKGWNCX and HKGXEXH.
[Z] : Identifies a Cabin (significant) ADD which will be deferred in the Cabin
Maintenance Log only. All Z items which are deferred must be transferred to
the grey Cabin (significant) ADD page of the Cabin Maintenance Log. ZADDs
are defined as defects in cabin equipment and systems that have a passenger
inconvenience effect but do not cause a Flight Deck Effect, require a Flight Crew
operational procedure or effect the Airworthiness of the aircraft.
MEL OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES (MO) SECTION
This section lists the operational procedures associated with the MEL items. The dispatch
conditions may require an operational procedure to permit the dispatch of the aircraft.
The operational procedures are split and organized into specific flight phases. The flight crew has
to apply the part of the operational procedure related to the relevant flight phase.
The operational procedures may also have the following parts:
General Information : This part includes all information that the pilots must know due to
MEL condition.
Flight : This part groups all the limitations due to MEL condition that the pilots
Preparation/Limitation must consider for the route selection and flight preparation.
Note: If for any reason it is not possible to comply with the requirements of the (o) procedure,
the aircraft cannot be dispatched with the associated item inoperative. However under
certain circumstances either a Maintenance Concession or Operational Dispensation
may allow aircraft dispatch.
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
All details must be entered in the AML. For defects that are classified as Category [E]; the
Ground Engineer shall ensure that the item is telexed to HKG Flight Dispatch HKGOWCX and
copied to HKGWWCX, HKGMMCX and HKGXEXH.
CDL PRESENTATION
Ident.: HOW-18700434.9001001 / 15 DEC 11
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL
The CDL is contained within a separate document.
DEFINITIONS
Ident.: HOW-18700435.9001001 / 15 JUN 15
Applicable to: ALL
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
"Reasonably practical…" : "It is not reasonably practical to repair or replace before the
commencement of flight" OR "It is not reasonably practicable
for repairs or replacements to be made" statements are
intended to cover situations where there is a lack of a
replacement part(s), inadequate engineering resources or
manpower to enable the defect to be rectified.
Note: The intention of either of these statements in an
MEL is that the aircraft may be dispatched if there
are inadequate available spares or if there are no
qualified and authorised personnel to perform the
task. The definition is not dependent on whether
there is enough time available to complete the
task before the next flight. If the aircraft is at a
maintenance base or any other airport, but the
spare(s) or manpower are not available, then the
aircraft may be dispatched. As soon as the aircraft
lands at an airport where the spares are available
and there are qualified and authorised personnel,
the defect must be rectified.
VFR Flt Conditions : VFR atmospheric conditions for the area of flight and does
not pertain to the dispatch release, flight plan, or clearance.
VMC : Visual Meteorological Conditions — Under IFR or VFR the
crew must maintainVMC.
ABBREVIATIONS
Ident.: HOW-00012716.0001001 / 15 SEP 15
Applicable to: ALL
A
Abbreviation Term
A/THR Autothrust
AAP Additional Attendant Panel
AC Alternating Current
AAT Aircraft Allocation Table
ACARS ARINC Communication Addressing and Reporting System
ACFT Aircraft
ACP Audio Control Panel
ADF Automatic Direction Finder
Continued on the following page
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
B
Abbreviation Term
B/UP Backup
BAT Battery
BCL Battery Charge Limiter
BMC Bleed Air Monitoring Computer
BRT Bright
BSCU Braking Steering Control Unit
BYDU Back Yaw Damper Unit
C
Abbreviation Term
CAM Cabin Assignment Module
CAPT Captain
CAT Category
CBMU Circuit Breaker Monitoring Unit
CDL Configuration Deviation List
CDLS Cockpit Door Locking System
CDSS Cockpit Door Surveillance System
CED Cooling Effect Detector
CELLI Ceiling Emergency LED Lights
Continued on the following page
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
D
Abbreviation Term
DC Direct Current
DCDU Datalink Control and Display Unit
DDRMI Digital Distance and Radio Magnetic Indicator
DDV Direct Drive Valve
DEU Decoder / Encoder Unit
DFDR Digital Flight Data Recorder
DH Decision Height
DLRB Data Loading Routing Box
DMC Display Management Computer
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
DMU Data Management Unit
DOLLI Dome Emergency LED Light
DPI Differential Pressure Indicator
DU Display Unit
E
Abbreviation Term
EASA European Aviation Safety Agency
EBCU Emergency Braking Control Unit
ECAM Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring
ECAS Emergency Cockpit Alerting System
ECMU Electrical Control and Management Unit
ECP ECAM Control Panel
EDP Engine Driven Pump
EEC Engine Electronic Controller
EFB Electronic Flight Bag
EFCS Electronic Flight Control System
EFIS Electronic Flight Instrument System
Continued on the following page
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
F
Abbreviation Term
F/O First Officer
FADEC Full Authority Digital Engine Control
FANS Future Air Navigation System
FAP Flight/Forward Attendant Panel
FCDC Flight Control Data Concentrator
FCMC Fuel Control and Management Computer
FCOM Flight Crew Operating Manual
FCU Flight Control Unit
FD Flight Director
FDIU Flight Data Interface Unit
FDIMU Flight Data Interface and Management Unit
FDU Fire Detection Unit
FE Flight Envelope
FH Flight Hours
FL Flight Level
FLS FMS Landing System
FM Flight Management
FMA Flight Mode Annunciator
FMGEC Flight Management Guidance Envelope Computer
FMS Flight Management System
FOB Fuel on Board
FPEEPMS Floor-Proximity Emergency-Escape Path-Marking System
F-PLN Flight Plan
FQ Fuel Quantity
FQI Fuel Quantity Indication
FSN Fleet Serial Number
Continued on the following page
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
G
Abbreviation Term
G/S Glide Slope
GAPCU Ground and Auxiliary Power Control Unit
GCU Generator Control Unit
GEN Generator
GLS GNSS Landing System
GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
GPCU Ground Power Control Unit
GPS Global Positioning System
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
GW Gross Weight
GWCG Gross Weight Center of Gravity
H
Abbreviation Term
HCU Hydraulic Control Unit
HF High Frequency
HP High Pressure
HPTCC High Pressure Turbine Case Cooling
HSMU Hydraulic System Monitoring Unit
I
Abbreviation Term
IAS Indicated Airspeed
IDG Integrated Drive Generator
IFE In-Flight Entertainment
IFEC In-Flight Entertainment Center
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
ILS Instrument Landing System
IP Intermediate Pressure
IR Inertial Reference
IRS Inertial Reference System
ISA International Standard Atmosphere
ISDU Inertial Sensor Display Unit
ISIS Integrated Standby Instrument System
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
J
Abbreviation Term
JAA Joint Aviation Authorities
JFGW Jettison Final Gross Weight
L
Abbreviation Term
L/G Landing Gear
LD Lower Deck
LDCC Lower Deck Cargo Compartment
LDF Lower Deck Facilities
LDS Lower Deck Stowage
LED Light Emitting Diode
LEDU List of Effective Documentary Units
LESS List of Effective Sections/Subsections
LGCIU Landing Gear Control Interface Unit
LIB Loudspeaker and Indicator Box
LOC Localizer
LOM List of Modifications
LP Low Pressure
LPTCC Low Pressure Turbine Case Cooling
LS Landing System
LW Landing Weight
M
Abbreviation Term
MAC Mean Aerodynamic Chord
MAN Manual
MCDU Multipurpose Control and Display Unit
MDCC Main Deck Cargo Compartment
MEL Minimum Equipment List
MES Main Engine Start
MLG Main Landing Gear
MLS Microwave Landing System
MLW Maximum Landing Weight
MMEL Master Minimum Equipment List
MMO Maximum Operating Mach
MMR Multi Mode Receiver
MNPS Minimum Navigation Performance Specification
MOD Modification
MP Modification Proposal
Continued on the following page
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
N
Abbreviation Term
NAV Navigation
NBPT No Break Power Transfer
ND Navigation Display
NDU Navigation Display Unit
NLG Nose Landing Gear
NWS Nose Wheel Steering
O
Abbreviation Term
OAT Outside Air Temperature
OM-A Operations Manual Part A
P
Abbreviation Term
P/N Part Number
PAX Passenger
PDF Portable Document Format
PF Pilot Flying
PFD Primary Flight Display
PFDU Primary Flight Display Unit
PHC Probes Heat Computer
PM Pilot Monitoring
PRIM Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC)
PSCU Proximity Switch Control Unit
PSL Product Structure Level
Q
Abbreviation Term
QNH Sea Level Atmospheric Pressure
QRH Quick Reference Handbook
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
R
Abbreviation Term
RA Radio Altitude
RAT Ram Air Turbine
RCT Rear Center Tank
RCVR Receiver
RH Right Hand
RMP Radio Management Panel
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RTO Rejected Takeoff
RTOW Regulatory Takeoff Weight
RVSM Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum
S
Abbreviation Term
SAT Static Air Temperature
SATCOM Satellite Communication
SB Service Bulletin
SD System Display
SDAC System Data Acquisition Concentrator
SDU System Display Unit
SEC Flight Control Secondary Computer (FCSC)
SFCC Slat/Flap Control Computer
SOH Summary of Highlights
SPD Speed
SRPSU Slide Release Power Supply Unit
STBY Standby
T
Abbreviation Term
TAT Total Air Temperature
TAWS Terrain Awareness and Warning System
TCAS Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System
THS Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
TOC Table of Contents
TOGA Takeoff/Go Around
TOW Takeoff Weight
TPIC Tire Pressure Indicating Computer
TR Transformer Rectifier Unit
TSM Trouble Shooting Manual
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
U
Abbreviation Term
UTC Universal Coordinated Time
V
Abbreviation Term
V1 Critical Engine Failure Speed
V2 Takeoff Safety Speed
VAC Voltage Alternating Current
VAPP Approach Speed
VCC Video Control Center
VFE Maximum Speed for each Flap Configuration
VFR Visual Flight Rules
VHF Very High Frequency
VLE Max Landing Gear Extended Speed
VMC Visual Meteorological Conditions
VMCA Minimum Control Speed in Flight
VMCG Minimum Control Speed on Ground
VMO Maximum Operating Speed
VMU Minimum Unstick Speed
VOR VHF Omnidirectional Range
VR Rotation Speed
VS Reference Stalling Speed
W
Abbreviation Term
W Weight
WBS Weight and Balance System
WTB Wing Tip Brake
WV Weight Variant
X
Abbreviation Term
XML Extensible Mark-up Language
Z
Abbreviation Term
ZFCG Zero Fuel Center of Gravity
ZFW Zero Fuel Weight
ZFWCG Zero Fuel Weight Center of Gravity
Zp Pressure Altitude
HOW TO USE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
ME-28 Fuel
FUEL ABNORM MAN FWD XFR............................................................................................................................A
FUEL APU AFT PUMP FAULT...............................................................................................................................B
FUEL APU LP VALVE FAULT................................................................................................................................C
FUEL CELL NOT FULL.......................................................................................................................................... D
FUEL ENG 1(2) FEEDLINE BURST.......................................................................................................................E
FUEL ENG 1(2) LP VALVE FAULT........................................................................................................................ F
FUEL EXCESS AFT CG.........................................................................................................................................G
FUEL FCMC 1 FAULT............................................................................................................................................ H
FUEL FCMC 2 FAULT..............................................................................................................................................I
Continued on the following page
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
ME-34 Navigation
NAV ADR DISAGREE............................................................................................................................................. A
NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT........................................................................................................................................ B
NAV ADR 1+2 (1+3)(2+3) FAULT.......................................................................................................................... C
NAV ADR 1+2+3 FAULT........................................................................................................................................ D
NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY......................................................................................................................................E
NAV AOA DISAGREE............................................................................................................................................. F
NAV CAPT(F/O)(STBY) AOA FAULT.....................................................................................................................G
NAV ATC/XPDR 1(2) FAULT..................................................................................................................................H
NAV ATC/XPDR 1+2 FAULT....................................................................................................................................I
NAV ATC/XPDR STBY............................................................................................................................................ J
NAV ATT DISCREPANCY...................................................................................................................................... K
NAV BARO REF DISCREPANCY........................................................................................................................... L
NAV EXTREME LATITUDE....................................................................................................................................M
NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE..............................................................................................................................N
NAV FM/IR POS DISAGREE..................................................................................................................................O
NAV GLS 1(2) (1+2) FAULT ..........................................................................................................................P
NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT............................................................................................................................................ Q
NAV GPWS FAULT.................................................................................................................................................R
NAV GPWS TERR DET FAULT............................................................................................................................. S
NAV HDG DISCREPANCY..................................................................................................................................... T
NAV IAS DISCREPANCY....................................................................................................................................... U
NAV ILS 1(2)(1+2) FAULT...................................................................................................................................... V
NAV IR DISAGREE................................................................................................................................................ W
NAV IR NOT ALIGNED...........................................................................................................................................X
NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT............................................................................................................................................ Y
NAV IR 1+2 (1+3)(2+3) FAULT...............................................................................................................................Z
NAV L(R) CAPT(F/O) STATIC FAULT................................................................................................................. AA
NAV LS TUNING DISAGREE...............................................................................................................................AB
NAV PRED W/S DET FAULT ..................................................................................................................... AC
Continued on the following page
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
ME-36 Pneumatic
AIR ABNORM BLEED CONFIG..............................................................................................................................A
AIR APU BLEED FAULT.........................................................................................................................................B
AIR APU BLEED LEAK...........................................................................................................................................C
AIR APU BLEED LEAK APU LEAK FED BY ENG................................................................................................ D
AIR APU LEAK DET FAULT...................................................................................................................................E
AIR BLEED LO TEMP.............................................................................................................................................F
AIR BMC 1(2) FAULT............................................................................................................................................. G
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT................................................................................................................................ H
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED LEAK.................................................................................................................................... I
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED NOT CLSD.......................................................................................................................... J
AIR ENG 1+2 BLEED FAULT.................................................................................................................................K
AIR ENG 1(2) HPV NOT OPEN..............................................................................................................................L
AIR L(R) WING LEAK.............................................................................................................................................M
AIR L(R) WING LEAK DET FAULT........................................................................................................................ N
AIR X BLEED FAULT............................................................................................................................................. O
ME-52 Doors
DOOR AFT(BULK)(FWD) CARGO..........................................................................................................................A
DOOR AVIONIC...................................................................................................................................................... B
DOOR L(R) AFT CABIN......................................................................................................................................... C
DOOR L(R) EMER EXIT.........................................................................................................................................D
DOOR L(R) FWD CABIN........................................................................................................................................ E
DOOR L(R) MID CABIN.......................................................................................................................................... F
DOOR POS DET 1(2)(1+2) FAULT........................................................................................................................G
Continued on the following page
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
28 - FUEL
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
28 - FUEL
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
28 - FUEL
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
28 - FUEL
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
28 - FUEL
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
28 - FUEL
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
28 - FUEL
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
28 - FUEL
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
32 - LANDING GEAR
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
32 - LANDING GEAR
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
32 - LANDING GEAR
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
32 - LANDING GEAR
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
32 - LANDING GEAR
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
32 - LANDING GEAR
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
34 - NAVIGATION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
34 - NAVIGATION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
34 - NAVIGATION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
34 - NAVIGATION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
34 - NAVIGATION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
34 - NAVIGATION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
34 - NAVIGATION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
34 - NAVIGATION
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
36 - PNEUMATIC
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
36 - PNEUMATIC
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
36 - PNEUMATIC
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
36 - PNEUMATIC
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
46 - INFORMATION SYSTEMS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
46 - INFORMATION SYSTEMS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
49 - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
49 - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
52 - DOORS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
52 - DOORS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
70 - ENGINE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
70 - ENGINE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
70 - ENGINE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
70 - ENGINE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
70 - ENGINE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
70 - ENGINE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
70 - ENGINE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
70 - ENGINE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
70 - ENGINE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
70 - ENGINE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
70 - ENGINE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ENTRIES
70 - ENGINE
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-22-30 Autothrust
22-30-01 Engine Autothrust (A/THR)...................................................................................................................... A
22-30-02 Autothrust Instinctive Disconnect pb ...................................................................................................... B
22-30-03 Autothrust Disengagement Warning........................................................................................................ C
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-23 Communications
MI-23-01 Overhead Panels
MI-23-01-01 CVR Control Overhead Panel
23-01-01-01 CVR Control Panel............................................................................................................................. A
MI-23-40 Interphone
23-40-01 Ground External Horn.............................................................................................................................. A
23-40-02 Flight Crew Interphone System............................................................................................................... B
23-40-03 Flight Crew to Ground Communication System...................................................................................... C
23-40-04 Service Interphone Jack.......................................................................................................................... D
23-40-05 COCKPIT CALL pb on the Ground Power Receptacle........................................................................... E
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-23-73-02 DEU A
23-73-02-01 Cabin DEU A...................................................................................................................................... A
23-73-02-02 Lavatory DEU A.................................................................................................................................. B
MI-23-73-03 DEU B
23-73-03-01 Cabin DEU B...................................................................................................................................... A
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-23-73-06 Handset
23-73-06-01 Cockpit Handset..................................................................................................................................A
23-73-06-02 Cabin Handset.................................................................................................................................... B
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-25 Equipment/Furnishing
MI-25-07 Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
25-07-01 SLIDE Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page....................................................................................... A
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-25-71 IAGOS
25-71-50 IAGOS (In-Service Aircraft for a Global Observing System)................................................................... A
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-28 Fuel
MI-28-01 FUEL Overhead Panel
MI-28-01-01 Inner Tank pb-sw lights
28-01-01-01 Inner Tank L(R) Main/STBY Pump pb-sw FAULT light...................................................................... A
28-01-01-02 Inner Tank L(R) Main/STBY Pump pb-sw OFF light.......................................................................... B
28-01-01-03 INR TK SPLIT L(R) pb-sw SHUT light ..............................................................................................C
28-01-01-04 INR TK SPLIT L(R) pb-sw ON light................................................................................................... D
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-28-11 Tank
28-11-01 Emergency Inner Tank Isolation Valve....................................................................................................A
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-31-30 Recorders
31-30-01 Digital ACMS Recorder (DAR) ...................................................................................................... A
31-30-02 Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR)....................................................................................................... B
31-30-03 Data Management (DMU or FDIMU Data Management function)...........................................................C
31-30-04 Flight Data Interface (FDIU or FDIMU Flight Data Interface function).....................................................D
31-30-05 Quick Access Recorder (QAR) ......................................................................................................E
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-32-41 Wheels
32-41-01 Nose Wheel and Main Wheel Tie Bolt.................................................................................................... A
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-32-51 Steering
32-51-01 Nose Wheel Steering (NWS) Control System......................................................................................... A
32-51-02 Rudder PEDALS DISC pb....................................................................................................................... B
32-51-03 NWS Electrical Deactivation Box.............................................................................................................C
32-51-04 PARKING BRAKE light on the NWS Electrical Deactivation Box............................................................D
MI-33 Lights
MI-33-01 Overhead Panels
MI-33-01-01 ANN LT Overhead Panel
33-01-01-01 TEST Function of ANN LT sw............................................................................................................A
33-01-01-02 DIM/BRT Function of ANN LT sw...................................................................................................... B
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-34 Navigation
MI-34-01 ADIRS Overhead Panel
34-01-01 ADR pb-sw FAULT light...........................................................................................................................A
34-01-02 ADR pb-sw OFF light ............................................................................................................................. B
34-01-03 IR pb-sw FAULT light ............................................................................................................................. C
34-01-04 IR pb-sw OFF light ................................................................................................................................. D
34-01-05 ON BAT light............................................................................................................................................E
34-01-31 ADR pb-sw............................................................................................................................................... F
34-01-32 IR pb-sw...................................................................................................................................................G
34-01-33 IR Mode selector .................................................................................................................................... H
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-34-11 Probe/Sensor
34-11-01 Angle of Attack (AOA) Sensor.................................................................................................................A
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-36 Pneumatic
MI-36-01 AIR Overhead Panel
36-01-01 ENG BLEED pb-sw FAULT light ............................................................................................................ A
36-01-02 ENG BLEED pb-sw OFF light..................................................................................................................B
36-01-03 APU BLEED pb-sw FAULT light ............................................................................................................ C
36-01-04 APU BLEED pb-sw ON light .................................................................................................................. D
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-45-40 Printing
45-40-01 Printer....................................................................................................................................................... A
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-56 Windows
MI-56-10 Cockpit
56-10-01 Front Windshield...................................................................................................................................... A
56-10-02 Fixed Lateral Window.............................................................................................................................. B
56-10-03 Sliding Window.........................................................................................................................................C
MI-56-20 Cabin
56-20-01 Cabin Window.......................................................................................................................................... A
MI-73-20 Controlling
73-20-01 Flex Takeoff Mode................................................................................................................................... A
73-20-02 Derated Takeoff Mode............................................................................................................................. B
73-20-04 EPR Control Mode...................................................................................................................................C
73-20-05 Minimum Idle on Ground......................................................................................................................... D
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-74 Ignition
MI-74-07 Indication on the ENGINE SD page
74-07-01 Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page.............................................................................. A
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MI-78 Exhaust
MI-78-08 Indication on the EWD
78-08-01 REV Indication on the EWD.................................................................................................................... A
MI-79 Oil
MI-79-07 Indications on SD Pages
MI-79-07-01 Indication on the CRUISE SD page
79-07-01-01 Oil Quantity Indication on the CRUISE SD page............................................................................... A
MI-80 Starting
MI-80-01 ENG MAN START Overhead Panel
80-01-31 ENG MAN START pb-sw.........................................................................................................................A
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PAGES - SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-01-01 - AIR Overhead Panel
21-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
21-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
21-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the zone duct temperature indications are
operative on the COND SD page.
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-01-01 - AIR Overhead Panel
21-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-01-02 - CABIN PRESS Overhead Panel
21-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-01-02 - CABIN PRESS Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-01-03 - CARGO AIR COND Overhead Panel
21-01-03-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-03-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-01-03 - CARGO AIR COND Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-01-04 - VENTILATION Overhead Panel
21-01-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
21-01-04-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-01-04 - VENTILATION Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-07-01 - Indications on the BLEED SD page
21-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
Packs related indications may be inoperative.
21-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-07-01 - Indications on the BLEED SD page
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-07-02 - Indications on the CAB PRESS SD page
21-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
21-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
PACK 1 and PACK 2 indications may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-07-02 - Indications on the CAB PRESS SD page
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-07-03 - Indications on the COND SD page
21-07-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
21-07-03-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
21-07-03-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No
[P]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the heating system of the BULK lower deck
cargo is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 21-43-02 BULK Lower Deck Cargo Heating System
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-07-03 - Indications on the COND SD page
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-07-04 - Indications on the CRUISE SD page
21-07-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
21-07-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No
[P]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the heating system of the BULK lower deck
cargo is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 21-43-02 BULK Lower Deck Cargo Heating System
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 21-07-04 - Indications on the CRUISE SD page
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-09 - ECAM Alert
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative provided that the Cooling Effect Detector (CED) is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 21-26-05 Avionics Cooling Effect Detector (CED)
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-09 - ECAM Alert
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-21 - Cabin, Main Deck Cargo Compartment,
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST Air Distribution and Recirculation
21-21-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) [P]
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
2) The PACK FLOW selector is set to HI.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-21-01B Cabin Fan
21-21-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-21-02A Recirculation Valve
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-21 - Cabin, Main Deck Cargo Compartment,
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST Air Distribution and Recirculation
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-23 - Lavatory, Galley and IFE Ventilation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-23-01A Lavatory and Galley Extraction System
21-23-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
21-23-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
(m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the In-Flight Entertainment Center (IFEC) is deactivated.
Refer to Item 25-25-50B Video/PTV/IFE – Single or Multiple Cabin Zones Inop
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-23 - Lavatory, Galley and IFE Ventilation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-25 - Air Conditioning Compartment Ventilation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the turbofan supply line is deactivated.
Note: The part of the (m) procedure related to the deactivation of the electrical signal of
the mechanical horn that is associated with the inoperative pack bay turbofan is
left at the operator's convenience. CX preference is to use the alternate procedure
as described in the (m) procedure – Panel 925VU Horn reset.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-25-01A Pack Bay Turbofan
(m) Refer to AMM 21-25-00-040-801
21-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) [S]
May be inoperative.
Note: Application of the (m) procedure is not mandatory and is left at the operator’s
convenience. Purpose of the (m) procedure is to deactivate the electrical signal
of the mechanical horn associated with the inoperative pack bay turbofan supply
valve. CX preference is to use the alternate procedure as described in the (m)
procedure – Panel 925VU Horn reset.
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-25 - Air Conditioning Compartment Ventilation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-25-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The pack bay pressure switch is deactivated, and
2) The turbofan is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-25-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-26 - Avionics Equipment Ventilation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-26 - Avionics Equipment Ventilation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-26-01C One pack inoperative - Higher FL limitation with 'B' repair interval
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
(o) (m) [P]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) Both cabin fans are operative, and
2) The EXTRACT pb-sw is set to OVRD, and
3) The flight altitude is limited to 33 500 ft.
Note: 1. Application of the (m) procedure is not mandatory and is left at the operator’s
convenience. Purpose of the (m) procedure is to deactivate the electrical signal
of the mechanical horn associated with the inoperative avionics extract fan. CX
preference is to use the alternate procedure as described in the (m) procedure –
Panel 925VU Horn reset.
2. In the case of depressurization at altitudes higher than 29 500 ft, oxygen masks
may drop down during the descent.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-26-01C Avionics Extract Fan (one pack inoperative)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-809
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-26 - Avionics Equipment Ventilation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-26 - Avionics Equipment Ventilation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-26-02C One pack inoperative - Higher FL limitation with 'B' repair interval
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
(o) (m) [P]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The main flap of the overboard extract valve is manually set to the open position for
ground operations with engines off, and
2) The main flap of the overboard extract valve is manually set to the closed position, and
the auxiliary flap of the overboard extract valve is manually set to the open position,
shortly before engine start, and
3) The EXTRACT pb-sw is set to OVRD shortly before engine start, and
4) The flight altitude is limited to 33 500 ft.
Note: In the case of depressurization at altitudes higher than 29 500 ft, oxygen masks
may drop down during the descent.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-26-02C Avionics Overboard Extract Valve (one pack also inoperative)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-26 - Avionics Equipment Ventilation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-26 - Avionics Equipment Ventilation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-26-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The EXTRACT pb-sw OVRD function is checked operative, and
2) The main flap of the overboard extract valve is manually set to the open position, (without
deactivation), for ground operations with engines off, and
3) The underfloor extract valve is manually set to the open position, without deactivation,
and
4) Both main and auxiliary flaps of the overboard extract valve are manually set to the
closed position, (without deactivation), shortly before engine start.
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-26 - Avionics Equipment Ventilation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-26-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the following checks are made before each flight:
1) Both air conditioning packs are operative, and
2) Both cabin fans are operative, and
3) The ventilation air flow is blowing through the avionics racks.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-26-00-040-806
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-26 - Avionics Equipment Ventilation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-28 - Lower Deck Cargo Compartment Ventilation and Cooling
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-28-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) [P]
May be inoperative.
Note: It is the responsibility of the Ground Engineer to advise the Ramp Coordinator
of all malfunctions of the Cargo Ventilation System. It is the Ramp Coordinator’s
responsibility to ensure that the relevant limitations are complied with.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-28-08A BULK Lower Deck Cargo Extraction Fan
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-28 - Lower Deck Cargo Compartment Ventilation and Cooling
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-31 - Pressure Control and Monitoring
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-31 - Pressure Control and Monitoring
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-31 - Pressure Control and Monitoring
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that both automatic cabin pressure control systems are
checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 21-31-00-040-805
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-31 - Pressure Control and Monitoring
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-31 - Pressure Control and Monitoring
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-31-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-31-04A Landing Elevation Selection AUTO Function
21-31-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The landing elevation selection AUTO function is operative, and
2) Both FMGECs are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 21-31-05A Landing Elevation Selection MAN Function
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-31 - Pressure Control and Monitoring
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-31-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
[P]
May be inoperative provided that the flight is not pressurized.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-20 Flight Without Cabin Pressurization
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-43 - Lower Deck Cargo Compartment Heating
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-43 - Lower Deck Cargo Compartment Heating
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-51 - Pack Flow Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-51 - Pack Flow Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-52 - Air Conditioning Packs
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-52 - Air Conditioning Packs
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-53 - Pack Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-53 - Pack Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-53 - Pack Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-53 - Pack Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-55 - Emergency Ram Air Inlet
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-55-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-55 - Emergency Ram Air Inlet
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-63 - Cockpit & Cabin Temperature Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-63-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-63 - Cockpit & Cabin Temperature Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-63 - Cockpit & Cabin Temperature Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
21-63-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-63 - Cockpit & Cabin Temperature Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-05 - FMA Indications on the PFD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-05 - FMA Indications on the PFD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
(o) [P] [L]
One or more may be inoperative on one or both FMAs.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-05-03A Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-05 - FMA Indications on the PFD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 8 No
The following messages are required on both sides:
‐ MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY
‐ USE MAN PITCH TRIM
‐ EFIS SINGLE SOURCE 1
‐ EFIS SINGLE SOURCE 2
Note: Above message(s) can only appear in the case of failure or reconfiguration.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-05 - FMA Indications on the PFD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-10 - Autopilot/Flight Director (AP/FD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-10-01A AP 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) [P] [E] [L]
AP 1 may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-01A Autopilot (AP)
22-10-01B AP 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) [P] [L]
AP 2 may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-01B Autopilot (AP)
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-10 - Autopilot/Flight Director (AP/FD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-10-02A FD 1 or FD 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
FD 1 or FD 2 may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-10 - Autopilot/Flight Director (AP/FD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-10 - Autopilot/Flight Director (AP/FD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) [P] [L]
One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-05A AUTO LAND light
22-10-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
(o) [P] [E]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The AP is not engaged.
Refer to Item 22-10-01 Autopilot (AP)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-06A AP Disengagement Warning
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-10 - Autopilot/Flight Director (AP/FD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) [P] [L]
One may be inoperative in the unlocked position provided that no autoland is performed.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-10-07A Sticks and Rudder Pedals Locking Solenoid in AP Mode
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-10 - Autopilot/Flight Director (AP/FD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-30 - Autothrust
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-30-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P] [L]
May be inoperative on both engines provided that all thrust lever position sensors are
checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-30-01B Engine Autothrust (A/THR)
(m) Refer to AMM 22-30-00-040-802
22-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that all other autothrust disconnection means are checked
operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 22-30-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-30 - Autothrust
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [P] [L]
May be inoperative provided that the autothrust (A/THR) is considered inoperative on all
engines.
Refer to Item 22-30-01B Engine Autothrust (A/THR)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-30-03A Autothrust Disengagement Warning
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-60 - Flight Envelope (FE)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-60-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 0 No
[P]
Both may be inoperative provided the commander is satisfied that windshear conditions
are not likely to be encountered at departure, destination or alternate airfields, taking into
account actual and forecast weather conditions.
Note: For Predictive Windshear System, Refer to Item 34-40-06 Predictive Windshear
Detection Function (If Installed).
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-60 - Flight Envelope (FE)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-70 - Flight Management (FM)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-70-01A FM 1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) [P] [E]
FM 1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) One NAV B/UP function is checked operative for flight in airspace (oceanic or remote
areas only) that requires two FMs, and
3) Terminal and approach procedures require only one FM.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-70-01A Flight Management System (FMS)
22-70-01B FM 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) [P]
FM 2 may be inoperative provided that:
1) One NAV B/UP function is checked operative for flight in airspace (oceanic or remote
areas only) that requires two FMs, and
2) Terminal and approach procedures require only one FM.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-70-01B Flight Management System (FMS)
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-70 - Flight Management (FM)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-70-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B – – No
(o) [P]
May be out of currency provided that the Navigation Database shall be valid for all flights
departing HKG and the data base shall be valid for the duration of the intended flight.
Note: A return flight to HKG may be authorized provided approval to operate is obtained
from IOC/Navigation Services prior to dispatch.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-70-02A Navigation Database
22-70-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
22-70-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-70 - Flight Management (FM)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-70-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
[S]
One or both may be inoperative.
22-70-06A Inoperative on FM 1
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
[P] [E]
Fuel/time prediction associated with FM 1 may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not
conducted.
22-70-06B Inoperative on FM 2
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
Fuel/time prediction associated with FM 2 may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-70 - Flight Management (FM)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-77 - FM SWITCHING Panel on the Center Pedestal
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-77-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
[P]
The selection of MCDU and EFIS display data from its onside FMGEC may be inoperative
(NORM position inoperative) provided that:
1) The intended flight does not require dual FM capability or NAV B/UP function, and
2) The lateral navigation can be displayed on at least one ND unit.
22-77-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
The selection of both MCDU and EFIS display data from FMGEC 1 only or/and FMGEC
2 only may be inoperative (BOTH ON 1 or/and BOTH ON 2 position inoperative) provided
that:
1) The NORM position of the FM selector is operative, and
2) The lateral navigation can be displayed on at least one ND unit.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-77 - FM SWITCHING Panel on the Center Pedestal
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-81 - Flight Control Unit (FCU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 22-81-01 - Auto Flight Control Panel (FCU)
22-81-01-01 AP Engagement pb
Ident.: MI-22-81-01-00006979.0001001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
[P]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated autopilot (AP) is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-10-01 Autopilot (AP)
22-81-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
[P]
May be inoperative provided that the autothrust (A/THR) is considered inoperative on all
engines.
Refer to Item 22-30-01B Engine Autothrust (A/THR)
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-81 - Flight Control Unit (FCU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 22-81-01 - Auto Flight Control Panel (FCU)
22-81-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
[P] [L]
One or more may be inoperative.
Note: OPERATIONS – With APPR pb inoperative, maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
22-81-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 3 3 No
All must be operative.
22-81-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that operations do not require its use.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-81 - Flight Control Unit (FCU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 22-81-01 - Auto Flight Control Panel (FCU)
22-81-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the HDG-V/S selection is operative.
22-81-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the SPD selection is operative.
22-81-01-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-81 - Flight Control Unit (FCU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 22-81-01 - Auto Flight Control Panel (FCU)
22-81-01-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indications are operative on
both PFDs and both NDs.
22-81-01-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indication is operative on both
PFDs.
22-81-01-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-81 - Flight Control Unit (FCU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 22-81-02 - EFIS Control Panel (FCU)
22-81-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated indications are operative on
both PFDs.
22-81-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that the unit required for the intended flight is
operative on both EFIS control panels.
22-81-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-81 - Flight Control Unit (FCU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 22-81-02 - EFIS Control Panel (FCU)
22-81-02-04 FD pb
Ident.: MI-22-81-02-00006993.0001001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
[P]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated FD is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-10-02 Flight Director (FD)
22-81-02-05 LS pb
Ident.: MI-22-81-02-00006994.0001001 / 15 JUN 15
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-02-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 0 No
[P]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated ILS is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-30-04 Instrument Landing System (ILS)
22-81-02-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-81 - Flight Control Unit (FCU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 22-81-02 - EFIS Control Panel (FCU)
22-81-02-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative provided that the ND unit associated with the operative ND range
selector is operative.
22-81-02-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative provided that the ND unit associated with the operative ND mode
selector is operative.
22-81-02-09 ADF/VOR sw
Ident.: MI-22-81-02-00006998.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-02-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 – No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated ADF/VOR indication on ND is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-06-06 Radio Navaids Indications on the ND
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-81 - Flight Control Unit (FCU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 22-81-02 - EFIS Control Panel (FCU)
22-81-02-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated indication is operative on both
PFDs.
22-81-02-11 Optional Data (ARPT, NDB, VOR.D, WPT, CSTR) Display pb light Bars
Ident.: MI-22-81-02-00007000.0001001 / 15 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
22-81-02-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 10 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-82 - Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-82-01 MCDU
Ident.: MI-22-82-00007001.0001001 / 30 JAN 14
Applicable to: B-HLD, B-HLF, B-HLH
22-82-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) [S]
MCDU 3 may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 22-82-01A MCDU (one inoperative)
22-82-01 MCDU
Ident.: MI-22-82-00007001.0008001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: B-HLM, B-HLN, B-HLO, B-HLP, B-HLQ, B-HLR, B-HLS, B-HLT, B-HLU, B-HLV, B-HLW, B-LAC, B-LAD, B-LAE, B-LAF,
B-LAG, B-LAH, B-LAI, B-LAJ, B-LAK, B-LAL, B-LAM, B-LAN, B-LAO, B-LAP, B-LAQ, B-LAR, B-LAX, B-LAZ, B-LBA, B-LBB, B-LBC,
B-LBE, B-LBF, B-LBG, B-LBH, B-LBI, B-LBJ, B-LBK
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-82 - Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-82-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative provided that MCDU 1 or MCDU 2 is operative.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-82 - Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
22-82-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-82 - Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-83 - Flight Management Guidance and Envelope Computer (FMGEC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-83 - Flight Management Guidance and Envelope Computer (FMGEC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-01-01 - CVR Control Overhead Panel
23-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative provided the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) is considered
inoperative.Refer to Item 23-71-01 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-01-01 - CVR Control Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-01-02 - CALLS Overhead Panel
23-01-02-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
[S]
Cockpit to ground calls may be inoperative.
23-01-02-32A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
23-01-02-33A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-01-02 - CALLS Overhead Panel
23-01-02-34 CALLS FWD pb, CALLS MID pb, CALLS AFT pb, CALLS EXIT pb
Ident.: MI-23-01-02-00007013.0001001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
23-01-02-35A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-10 - Speech Communication
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-10-01 HF System
Ident.: MI-23-10-00007016.0001001 / 20 MAR 15
Applicable to: ALL
23-10-01A Routes NOT requiring two LRCS (Long Range Communications Systems)
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
[P] [E]
One or both may be inoperative on routes not requiring two Long Range Communications
Systems (LRCS) provided communications can be covered by VHF and two VHF systems
are operative.
Note: 1. For ETOPS, if HF required, HF 1 voice mode must be operative.
2. Routes requiring 2 LRCS (Long Range Communications Systems):
Flights to/from Australia.
Flights to/from New Zealand.
Flights to/from the Middle East (including Colombo).
Flights to/from Southern Africa.
3. OPERATIONS – If both HF systems are inoperative, Flight Dispatch are to
remove 'H' from Item 10 of the ATS Flight Plan.
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-10 - Speech Communication
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(m) VHF 2 or 3 may be inoperative provided VHF 1 remains operative.
Note: If VHF 2 is inoperative, VHF 3 may be used for voice provided ACARS is
deactivated. Refer to Item 23-20-01 Aircraft Communications Addressing
Reporting System (ACARS)
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-10 - Speech Communication
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
[P]
May be inoperative for 3 calendar days.
Note: Must be operative for operations in POLAR ROUTES.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-10 - Speech Communication
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-20 - Data Transmission and Automatic Calling
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative for 3 calendar days.
Note: MAINTENANCE – ACMS stored report <02> (Engine Cruise Report), if available,
must be printed and faxed to CX Maintenance Control (+852 2362 7416) after
each sector by the ground engineer.
23-20-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative for 3 calendar days provided SATCOM Voice Mode is also considered
inoperative.Refer to Item 23-10-03 SATCOM Voice Mode
Note: OPERATIONS – Flight Dispatch are to remove ‘M1’ from field 10a of the ATS FLT
Plan.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-20 - Data Transmission and Automatic Calling
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-30 - Passenger Address
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-30-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided:
1) Alternative normal and emergency procedures are established and used, and
2) Flight deck to cabin interphone system (including chime system) is operative.
Note: Any functions that operate normally may be used.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-30-50A Passenger Address System
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-30 - Passenger Address
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-35 - Passenger Air-to-Ground Communications
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-35-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – – No
[Z]
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-35 - Passenger Air-to-Ground Communications
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-40 - Interphone
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the ventilation of the pack bay and avionics compartment
is monitored from the cockpit during ground operations.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-40-01A Ground External Horn
23-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative for each person on cockpit duty.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-40 - Interphone
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative for 3 flights provided:
1) Hand signals for the engine start/pushback are briefed and used, and
2) The aircraft does not depart HKG.
Note: MAINTENANCE – destination stations must be advised in advance that the
aircraft will be arriving with the Flight Crew to Ground Communications system
inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-40-03A Flight Crew to Ground Communication System
23-40-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-40 - Interphone
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-40-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
[S]
Ground to cockpit calls may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-40 - Interphone
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-51 - Audio Management
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
23-51-02 Boomset
Ident.: MI-23-51-00007028.0001001 / 15 DEC 11
Applicable to: ALL
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-51 - Audio Management
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative or missing or removed.
23-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
[S]
One may be inoperative provided that at least one crewmember on cockpit duty wears a
boomset for the entire flight.
23-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative in the open position (non transmitting position) provided
that the INT/RAD sw on CAPT ACP, on F/O ACP and on ACP 3 are operative.
Note: Apply the maintenance procedure only when the inoperative sidestick PTT sw is
failed in the closed position (transmitting position).
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-51 - Audio Management
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-51 - Audio Management
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-52 - Audio Control Panel (ACP)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-52-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) ACP 3 is operative, and
2) The AUDIO SWITCHING selector is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-52-01A CAPT and F/O ACP
23-52-02 ACP 3
Ident.: MI-23-52-00007033.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
23-52-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
23-52-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes
One may be inoperative on each ACP provided that:
1) VHF 1 transmission key is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP, and
2) If HF is required, HF 1 transmission key is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O
ACP.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-52 - Audio Control Panel (ACP)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-52-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes
One may be inoperative on each ACP provided that:
1) VHF 1 reception knob is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP, and
2) If HF is required, HF 1 reception knob is operative either on CAPT ACP or on F/O ACP.
23-52-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-53 - AUDIO SWITCHING Panel on the Center Pedestal
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-53 - AUDIO SWITCHING Panel on the Center Pedestal
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-71 - Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-71-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative for a maximum of 8 sectors provided:
1) Repairs are made within 72 elapsed hours, and
2) The aircraft does not depart HKG, and
3) The Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR) operates normally.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-71 - Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-72 - Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-72-01 - Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS)
23-72-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [S]
May be inoperative (or deactivated) provided:
1) A minimum of two persons occupy the flight deck at all times, and
2) The flight deck to cabin interphone is serviceable, and
3) The flight deck door viewing spy hole is serviceable, and
4) Alternate procedures for cockpit entry are established and used
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-72-01-01A Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS)
23-72-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No
Refer to Item 23-72-01-01 Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS)
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-72 - Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-72-01 - Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS)
23-72-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided the flight deck to cabin interphone and cockpit
door viewing spyhole are serviceable.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-72-01-03A Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS) - Camera
23-72-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative but must not be missing.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-01 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
23-73-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
The CIDS function must be operative.
Note: 1. This MEL item relates to complete failure of the CIDS function (Failure of both
CIDS Directors).
2. Failure of one CIDS Director is indicated by a CIDS 1(2) MAINTENANCE
message on the STATUS SD page. Refer to the MEL HOW section HANDLING
OF ECAM MAINTENANCE STATUS.
3. In the case of disturbance of the CIDS function, deactivation of the affected
CIDS Director may recover normal operation of the CIDS function.
Refer to AMM 23-73-00-040-802.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-01 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-02 - DEU A
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-02 - DEU A
23-73-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected lavatory is closed and placarded
inoperative. Refer to Item 25-40-50 Lavatory
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-03 - DEU B
23-73-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 4 No
(o) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) One DEU B and associated handset are operative at each pair of floor level exit doors,
and
2) The slide bottle pressure and door bottle pressure associated with each affected DEU B
are checked by direct reading on the associated pressure gauge before the first flight of
each day.
Refer to Item 25-62-04 CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE message on the FAP - Cabin Exit,
and
Refer to Item 52-10-06 CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the FAP
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-03-01A Cabin DEU B
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-03 - DEU B
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-04 - Cabin Individual Call
23-73-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[Z]
One or more may be inoperative.
23-73-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No
[Z]
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-04 - Cabin Individual Call
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-05 - Cabin Loudspeaker
23-73-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
[S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that no seat is occupied from which a passenger
cannot clearly hear a passenger announcement.
23-73-05-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-05-02A Lavatory Loudspeaker
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-05 - Cabin Loudspeaker
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-06 - Handset
23-73-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the cockpit ACP is used for communication between the
cockpit and the cabin.
23-73-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 4 Yes
(o) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that one handset is operative at each pair of floor
level exit doors.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-73-06-02A Cabin Handset
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-06 - Handset
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-08 - Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
23-73-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative or missing.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-08 - Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-09 - Emergency Cockpit Alerting System (ECAS)
23-73-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-73 - Cabin Intercommunication Data System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 23-73-09 - Emergency Cockpit Alerting System (ECAS)
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-74 - Cabin Crew Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-74-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the safety related messages on FAP are considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-06 CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the FAP
Refer to Item 25-62-04 CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE message on the FAP - Cabin Exit
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-74-01B FAP Display Unit
23-74-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the safety related messages on FAP are considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-06 CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the FAP
Refer to Item 25-62-04 CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE message on the FAP - Cabin Exit
Refer to Item 23-74-50 CABIN READY function
Refer to Item 38-13-50 Potable Water Quantity Indicating
Refer to Item 38-31-50 Waste Quantity Indicating
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-74-01B FAP Display Unit
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-74 - Cabin Crew Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-74-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 Yes
Must be operative.
23-74-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
Note: For the FAP CABIN READY Hardkey, Refer to Item 23-74-50 CABIN READY
function.
23-74-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 52-10-06 CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the FAP
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-74 - Cabin Crew Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-74-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 25-62-04 CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE message on the FAP - Cabin Exit
23-74-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
23-74-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-74 - Cabin Crew Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-74-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
23-74-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided the cabin interphone is operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 23-74-50A CABIN READY function
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-81 - Radio Management
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
23-81-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
RMP 2 or RMP 3 may be inoperative.
23-81-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes
One may be inoperative on each RMP provided that:
1) VHF 1 selection key is operative on RMP 1, and
2) If HF 1 is required, HF 1 selection key is operative on RMP 1.
MEL ITEMS
23 - COMMUNICATIONS
23-81 - Radio Management
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 24-01-01 - ELEC Overhead Panel
24-01-01-01 BAT 1(2) pb-sw FAULT light and APU BAT pb-sw FAULT light
Ident.: MI-24-01-01-00007082.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
24-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
24-01-01-02 BAT 1(2) pb-sw OFF light and APU BAT pb-sw OFF light
Ident.: MI-24-01-01-00007083.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
24-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
24-01-01-03 GEN pb-sw FAULT light and APU GEN pb-sw FAULT light
Ident.: MI-24-01-01-00007084.0001001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
24-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 1 Yes
One GEN pb-sw FAULT light and/or APU GEN pb-sw FAULT light may be inoperative
provided that the associated generator indications are operative on the ELEC AC SD page.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 24-01-01 - ELEC Overhead Panel
24-01-01-04 GEN pb-sw OFF light and APU GEN pb-sw OFF light
Ident.: MI-24-01-01-00007087.0001001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
24-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
24-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the AC ESS bus indication is operative on the ELEC AC
SD page.
24-01-01-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the AC ESS bus indication is operative on the ELEC AC
SD page.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 24-01-01 - ELEC Overhead Panel
24-01-01-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [S]
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-01-01-07A EXT A pb-sw AVAIL light
24-01-01-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-01-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [S]
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-01-01-09A EXT B pb-sw AVAIL light
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 24-01-01 - ELEC Overhead Panel
24-01-01-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-01-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) For each generator channel, the AC load indication is operative on the ELEC AC SD
page, and
2) The automatic shedding is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-27-00-040-801
24-01-01-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 24-01-01 - ELEC Overhead Panel
24-01-01-13A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-01-14A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-01-15A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative provided that the associated frequency and oil temperature
indications are operative on the ELEC AC SD page.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 24-01-01 - ELEC Overhead Panel
24-01-01-16A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 24-01-02 - EMER ELEC PWR Overhead Panel
24-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
24-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 24-01-02 - EMER ELEC PWR Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 24-07-01 - Indications on the ELEC AC SD page
24-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
(m) One or more indications related to AC generation may be inoperative provided that:
1) The load, voltage, and frequency indications are operative on one engine driven
generator, and
2) The ELEC GEN FAULT alerts are operative, and
3) The automatic shedding is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-27-00-040-802
24-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 24-07-01 - Indications on the ELEC AC SD page
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 24-07-02 - Indications on the ELEC DC SD page
24-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 24-07-02 - Indications on the ELEC DC SD page
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-09 - ECAM Alert
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-09 - ECAM Alert
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-22 - AC Main Generation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) [P]
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The APU and AC auxiliary generation are operative and used throughout the flight, and
2) All busses have power, and
3) The indications for the remaining AC main generation and the AC auxiliary generation
are checked operative on the ELEC AC SD page, and
4) The ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL SYS FAULT alert associated with the IDG of the operative AC
main generation is not displayed on the EWD, and
5) The FUEL APU AFT PUMP FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD, and
6) When the AC main generation 2 is inoperative, the automatic switching of the essential
electrical network power supply from AC BUS 1 to AC BUS 2 is checked operative before
the first MEL dispatch and then every day, and
7) The aft APU pump shedding in the land recovery configuration is checked operative
before the first MEL dispatch and checked again one time every week, and
8) The APU oil quantity is checked to be adequate for the intended flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-22-01A AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-22-00-040-801
24-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-22 - AC Main Generation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-23 - AC Auxiliary Generation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-23 - AC Auxiliary Generation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-24 - AC Emergency Generation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-24 - AC Emergency Generation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-25 - AC Essential Generation Switching
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw is in its normal position, and
2) The three DC TIE contactors are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-25-01A Automatic Transfer of AC ESS FEED Control to AC BUS 2 /
AC BUS 2-4
24-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [P] [E]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The AC ESS FEED pb-sw is in the norm position, and
3) The three DC TIE contactors are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-25-02A Manual Transfer (ALTN Function) of AC ESS FEED Control to
AC BUS 2 / AC BUS 2-4
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-25 - AC Essential Generation Switching
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-25-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-26 - Galley and Commercial Supply System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-26 - Galley and Commercial Supply System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-26-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-28 - Static Inverter AC Generation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-28-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-28 - Static Inverter AC Generation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-29 - Electrical Contactor Management System (ECMS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-29-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that the AC and DC transfer functions are checked
operative on both sides.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-29-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-29 - Electrical Contactor Management System (ECMS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-32 - DC Main Generation (TR, APU TR)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-32-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
24-32-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the APU is considered inoperative for the in-flight start.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 24-32-02A DC Main Generation (APU TR) (APU considered inoperative
for in-flight start)
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-32 - DC Main Generation (TR, APU TR)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-34 - DC Emergency Generation (ESS TR)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-34-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-34 - DC Emergency Generation (ESS TR)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-35 - DC Essential and Normal Generation Switching
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-35-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
24-35-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative in the open position.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-35 - DC Essential and Normal Generation Switching
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-38 - DC Battery Generation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-38-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-38 - DC Battery Generation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-38-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
24-38-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the APU battery channel is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 24-38-02 APU Battery Channel
24-38-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated voltage indication is operative
on the ELEC DC SD page.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-41 - AC External Power Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-41-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-41 - AC External Power Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-53 - AC Circuit Breaker Monitoring
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
24-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that all circuit breakers are checked closed in the electrical
compartment bay (main and emergency power centers).
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 24-53-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
24-53 - AC Circuit Breaker Monitoring
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-07 - Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-07 - Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-11 - Pilot Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-11 - Pilot Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-11-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the seating position is acceptable to the
affected crewmember.
25-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) [S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the electrical adjustment of the associated
seat is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-11-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-11 - Pilot Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-11-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative on the F/O seat for three flights provided:
1) The lap strap and fifth strap are operative, and
2) The aircraft does not depart a station where repairs or replacements can be made.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-11-05A Pilot Seat Shoulder Harness
25-11-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative on the F/O seat for three flights provided:
1) The lap strap and shoulder harness are operative, and
2) The aircraft does not depart a station where repairs or replacements can be made.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-11-06A Pilot Seat Fifth Strap
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-11 - Pilot Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-11-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
[S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated armrest position is acceptable
to the affected crewmember.
25-11-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
[S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated armrest position is acceptable
to the affected crewmember.
25-11-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-11 - Pilot Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-11-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
25-11-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative or missing.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-11 - Pilot Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-12 - Third and Fourth Occupant Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied.
25-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative and the seat may be occupied provided that the seat is locked in its fully
aft position.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-12 - Third and Fourth Occupant Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied.
25-12-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-12-05A Third Occupant Seat Fifth Strap
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-12 - Third and Fourth Occupant Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-12-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied.
25-12-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative and the seat may be occupied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-12-07A Fourth Occupant Seat Shoulder Harness
25-12-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative provided that the seat is not occupied.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-12 - Third and Fourth Occupant Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-12-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-12-09A Fourth Occupant Seat Fifth Strap
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-13 - Lining and Furnishings
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-13-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
(m) [S]
One or both may be inoperative in its stowed position or removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-13-00-040-801
25-13-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative in its stowed position or removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-13-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-13 - Lining and Furnishings
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-15 - Flight Crew Foot Warmers
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-15-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-15 - Flight Crew Foot Warmers
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-20 - Passenger Compartment Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes
[Z]
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The seat does not block an emergency exit, and
2) The seat does not restrict any passenger from access to the aisle, and
3) The seat is placarded DO NOT OCCUPY using placard P/N DNO-1.
Note: MAINTENANCE – In the Cabin Maintenance Operational Restrictions Field,
annotate the affected seat as NS (No Sell) and notify the Ramp Coordinator.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-20 - Passenger Compartment Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[Z]
One or more may be inoperative provided the affected is secured in the upright position.
Note: 1. MAINTENANCE – Secure the seat in the upright position.
2. MAINTENANCE – In the Cabin Maintenance Operational Restrictions Field,
annotate the affected seat as SL (Sell Last) and notify the Ramp Coordinator.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-20 - Passenger Compartment Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-20-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes
[Z]
One or more may be inoperative or missing provided:
1) Baggage is not stowed under the seat with the inoperative restraining bar, and
2) The associated seat is placarded “DO NOT STOW BAGGAGE UNDER THIS SEAT”,
and
3) The ISM is made aware of the requirement not to stow baggage under the affected
seat(s) and notifies affected passengers accordingly.
25-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes
[S]
One or more may be inoperative or missing provided the associated seat is placarded DO
NOT OCCUPY using placard P/N DNO-1 and not used.
Note: MAINTENANCE – In the Cabin Maintenance Operational Restrictions Field,
annotate the affected seat as NS (No Sell) and notify the Ramp Coordinator.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-20 - Passenger Compartment Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-20-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes
[Z]
One or more may be inoperative or missing provided the associated seat is placarded DO
NOT OCCUPY using placard P/N DNO-1 and not used.
Note: MAINTENANCE – In the Cabin Maintenance Operational Restrictions Field,
annotate the affected seat as NS (No Sell) and notify the Ramp Coordinator.
25-20-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes
[Z]
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected armrest does not block an emergency exit, and
2) The affected armrest does not restrict any passenger access to the aisle.
Note: MAINTENANCE – In the Cabin Maintenance Operational Restrictions Field,
annotate the affected seat as SL (Sell Last) and notify the Ramp Coordinator.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-20 - Passenger Compartment Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-20-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[Z]
One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that:
1) The Foot/Leg rest does not block an emergency exit, and
2) The Foot/Leg rest does not restrict any passenger access to the aisle.
Note: 1. MAINTENANCE – In the Cabin Maintenance Operational Restrictions Field,
annotate the affected seat as SL (Sell Last) and notify the Ramp Coordinator.
2. This item is a ‘Non Essential Furnishing’. The repair interval is controlled by CX
Engineering and does not require application of the RIE Procedure.
25-20-51A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[Z]
May be damaged or missing.
Note: 1. MAINTENANCE – In the Cabin Maintenance Operational Restrictions Field,
annotate the affected seat as SL (Sell Last) and notify the Ramp Coordinator.
2. This item is a ‘Non Essential Furnishing’. The repair interval is controlled by CX
Engineering and does not require application of the RIE Procedure.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-20 - Passenger Compartment Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-20-52A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[Z]
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected Meal Tray does not block an emergency exit, and
2) The affected Meal Tray does not restrict any passenger access to the aisle.
Note: 1. MAINTENANCE – In the Cabin Maintenance Operational Restrictions Field,
annotate the affected seat as SL (Sell Last) and notify the Ramp Coordinator.
2. This item is a ‘Non Essential Furnishing’. The repair interval is controlled by CX
Engineering and does not require application of the RIE Procedure.
25-20-53A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[Z]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) Associated System(s) and/or components are deactivated, and
2) Where appropriate, mechanical back-up systems operate normally.
Note: 1. MAINTENANCE – In the Cabin Maintenance Operational Restrictions Field,
annotate the affected seat as SL (Sell Last) and notify the Ramp Coordinator.
2. This item is a ‘Non Essential Furnishing’. The repair interval is controlled by CX
Engineering and does not require application of the RIE Procedure.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-20 - Passenger Compartment Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-20-54A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[Z]
One or more may be inoperative and the seat occupied provided that:
1) The affected seat(s) are verified to latch in the upright position prior to dispatch, and
2) The ISM is informed of the location of the unserviceable seat(s), and
3) The alternative procedures are established and used in accordance with the Cabin Crew
Operations Manual.
Note: 1. MAINTENANCE – In the Cabin Maintenance Operational Restrictions Field,
annotate the affected seat as SL (Sell Last) and notify the Ramp Coordinator.
2. This item is a ‘Non Essential Furnishing’. The repair interval is controlled by CX
Engineering and does not require application of the RIE Procedure.
25-20-55A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[Z]
One or more may be inoperative.
Note: 1. MAINTENANCE – In the Cabin Maintenance Operational Restrictions Field,
annotate the affected seat as SL (Sell Last) and notify the Ramp Coordinator.
2. This item is a ‘Non Essential Furnishing’. Repair Interval Extension is controlled
by CX Engineering and does not require application of the RIE Procedure.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-20 - Passenger Compartment Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-21 - Cabin Attendant Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Note: A cabin attendant seat with an inoperative or missing seat belt or harness is considered
inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-21 - Cabin Attendant Seats
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-25 - Passenger Service Channel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-25-50 Video/PTV/IFE
Ident.: MI-25-25-18700583.9001001 / 20 MAR 15
Applicable to: ALL
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-25 - Passenger Service Channel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-35 - Galley Equipment
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-35-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes
(o) (m) One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that:
1) The galley waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated access is secured closed to prevent waste introduction and placarded
using the Flapper Door “UNSERVICEABLE – DO NOT USE placard P/N 4B11Q4029-1.
Note: MAINTENANCE- In the Cabin Maintenance Log Operations Restrictions Field
annotate the affected Flapper Door(s) as CI (catering information).
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-35-01A Galley Waste Compartment Flapper Door
(m) Refer to AMM 25-35-00-040-801
25-35-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – – Yes
[Z]
May be inoperative.
Note: 1. This item includes the following equipment: Ovens, Beverage Makers, Chiller
Units, Trash Compactor, Espresso Maker.
2. MAINTENANCE - In the Cabin Maintenance Log Operations Restriction Fields
annotate the affected equipment as CI (catering information).
3. This item is a ‘Non Essential Furnishing’ item. Extension of the repair interval is
controlled by CX Engineering and does not require HKCAD approval.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-35 - Galley Equipment
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-40 - Lavatories
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes
(o) (m) [S]
One or more may be inoperative or missing provided that:
1) The toilet waste compartment is empty, and
2) The associated access is secured to prevent waste introduction and placarded
UNSERVICEABLE – PLEASE DO NOT USE using placard P/N 4B11Q4029-1.
3) The associated Lavatory is considered inoperative, except for crew use.
Refer to Item 25-40-50 Lavatory
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-40-01A Toilet Waste Compartment Flapper Door
(m) Refer to AMM 25-40-00-040-801
25-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 Yes
One or more may be damaged or missing.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-40 - Lavatories
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-40 - Lavatories
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-40-50 Lavatory
Ident.: MI-25-40-18700606.9001001 / 15 JUN 16
Applicable to: ALL
1
25-40-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes
(o) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided:
1) The aircraft does not depart HKG with 3 or more lavatories inop, other than for training,
test, ferry or positioning flights, and
2) Associated lavatory door is secured closed and placard INOPERATIVE, DO NOT
ENTER, and
3) Operation of remaining toilets is checked before each departure.
Note: 1. These provisions are not intended to prohibit inspection of the lavatory by crew
members.
2. MAINTENANCE – Advise ISM of the inoperative lavatory positions.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-40-50A Lavatory
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-40 - Lavatories
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-45 - Storage Compartments
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-45-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – – Yes
[Z]
May be inoperative provided:
1) The inoperative compartment is secured closed and placarded UNSERVICEABLE –
PLEASE DO NOT USE using placard P/N 4B11Q4029-1.
2) Placard the applicable bin/compartment with security seal tape P/N: F002356 at a
location readily visible to cabin crew. Ensure that the security seal is not obscured by the
UNSERVICEABLE – PLEASE DO NOT USE placard.
3) The ISM is briefed to ensure that the compartment is not used for storage of any items
including emergency equipment.
Note: 1. If no partitions are installed in the overhead bin, the entire compartment must be
considered as one bin.
2. This item is a ‘Non Essential Furnishing’ item. Extension of Repair Interval is
controlled by CX Engineering and does not require HKCAD variation.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-45 - Storage Compartments
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-50 - Cargo Compartments
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-50-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[P]
One or more may be damaged or missing provided that the associated lower deck cargo
compartment is empty.
Note: MAINTENANCE – It is the responsibility of the Ground Engineer to advise the
Ramp Coordinator of the unavailability of the Cargo Compartment. It is the Ramp
Coordinator’s responsibility to ensure that the relevant limitations are complied
with.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-50 - Cargo Compartments
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-50 - Cargo Compartments
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-50 - Cargo Compartments
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-50-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – – No
[P]
May be inoperative/damaged/missing provided the restrictions referenced in PASSENGER
AIRCRAFT HANDLING MANUAL – Volume 2 (Airbus) Part 4, Sections 2 are applied.
Note: MAINTENANCE – It is the responsibility of Engineering to advise the Ramp
Coordinator of all malfunctions of the Cargo Handling System. It is the Ramp
Coordinator’s responsibility to ensure that all relevant restraint limitations are
complied with in accordance with the PASSENGER AIRCRAFT HANDLING
MANUAL.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-62 - Cabin Escape Facilities
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-62-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-62 - Cabin Escape Facilities
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-62-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 6 5 No
[S]
One may be missing for a maximum of 3 sectors.
25-62-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 8 0 No
(o) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated slide bottle pressure is
checked before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-62-04A CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE Message on the FAP - Cabin Exit
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-63 - Evacuation Signaling Equipment
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-63-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 25-63-01A Emergency Evacuation Signaling System (COMMAND pb-sw,
HORN SHUT OFF pb, CAPT, PURS and CAPT sw) (If Installed)
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-63 - Evacuation Signaling Equipment
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-64 - First Aid Equipment
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-64-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 4 3 No
[S]
One may be missing or incomplete for a maximum of two calendar days.
25-64-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 1 No
[S]
May be incomplete for a flight to a destination where repairs or replacements can be made,
but not to exceed 2 calendar days.
25-64-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[S]
One or more may be inoperative or missing.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-64 - First Aid Equipment
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-65 - Emergency Equipment
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-65-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 – No
One operative flashlight must be available for each member of the flight crew.
25-65-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 8 No
One or more may be inoperative provided the remaining operative flashlights are distributed
throughout the cabin to ensure one is available at each passenger door.
25-65-03 Crowbar
Ident.: MI-25-65-00007190.0001001 / 28 MAR 16
Applicable to: ALL
25-65-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be installed.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-65 - Emergency Equipment
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-65-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
25-65-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One set may be damaged or missing.
25-65-06 Megaphone
Ident.: MI-25-65-00007193.0001001 / 15 DEC 11
Applicable to: ALL
25-65-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 3 3 No
All must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-65 - Emergency Equipment
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-65-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
[S]
May be inoperative for a maximum of 6 flights or 25 flight hours whichever occurs first.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-65 - Emergency Equipment
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-66 - Floatation and Survival Equipment
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-66-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B – – Yes
[S]
Any in excess of those required may be inoperative or missing provided:
1) Seats with inoperative/missing life jacket are considered inoperative (Refer to Item
25-20-01 Passenger Seats), and
2) The inoperative life jacket is removed from its stowage, placarded inoperative and placed
out of sight so it cannot be mistaken for an operative unit, and
3) The ISM is advised of the location of inoperative/missing equipment.
Note: 1. One serviceable life jacket must be available for all occupants of the aircraft.
2. MAINTENANCE - Make an entry in the logbook to remove the stowed,
inoperative life jacket at main base, recording the location where inoperative
units have been stowed.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-66 - Floatation and Survival Equipment
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-66-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B – – Yes
[S]
Any in excess of those required may be inoperative or missing provided:
1) Inoperative life jackets are placarded inoperative and placed out of sight so it cannot be
mistaken for an operative unit, and
2) The ISM is advised of the location of inoperative/missing equipment.
Note: 1. One serviceable Baby Flotation Cot or Infant Life Jacket must be available for
each infant below 2 years of age.
2. MAINTENANCE - Make an entry in the logbook to remove the stowed,
inoperative infant life jacket at main base, recording the location where
inoperative units have been stowed.
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-71 - IAGOS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
25-71-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided the IAGOS SYSTEM pb-sw is selected off and the system
deactivated.
Note: AMM reference is a CX AMM TR.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 25-71-00-860-801
MEL ITEMS
25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING
25-71 - IAGOS
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-01-01 - ENG FIRE Overhead Panel
26-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 16 8 No
A maximum of four bulbs or LEDs may be inoperative in each ENG FIRE-PUSH pb-sw.
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-01-01 - ENG FIRE Overhead Panel
26-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that it is determined that the failure is in the test
circuit only.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-21-00-040-806
26-01-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that it is determined that the failure is in the test circuit only.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-01-02 - APU FIRE Overhead Panel
26-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the APU fire extinguisher bottle is checked to be correctly
charged before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-804
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-01-02 - APU FIRE Overhead Panel
26-01-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that it is determined that the failure is in the test circuit only.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-801
26-01-02-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that it is determined that the failure is in the test circuit only.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-01-03 - CARGO SMOKE Overhead Panel
26-01-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
26-01-03-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
26-01-03-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-01-03 - CARGO SMOKE Overhead Panel
26-01-03-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-01-04 - Passenger Entertainment Overhead Panel
26-01-04-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
26-01-04-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
26-01-04-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-01-04 - Passenger Entertainment Overhead Panel
26-01-04-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
26-01-04-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
26-01-04-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-01-04 - Passenger Entertainment Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-01-04 - Passenger Entertainment Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-01-04 - Passenger Entertainment Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-01-04 - Passenger Entertainment Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-12 - Engine Fire and Overheat Detection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
26-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 0 Yes
(o) [S]
One may be inoperative on each engine provided that:
1) The associated engine fire detection loop B is operative, and
2) The engine fire test is made before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-12-01A Engine Fire Detection Loop
26-12-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) [S]
One may be inoperative on each engine provided that the engine fire test is made before
each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-12-02A Engine Fire Detection Loop
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-12 - Engine Fire and Overheat Detection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
26-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-13 - APU Fire and Overheat Detection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-13 - APU Fire and Overheat Detection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
26-13-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the APU is not used.
Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-13-02A APU Fire Detection Unit (FDU)
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-16 - Lower Deck Cargo Compartment Smoke Detection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
26-16-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
[P]
Both detectors in one or both cavities may be inoperative provided that the FWD lower deck
cargo compartment is empty.
Note: 1. Failure of a single detector in each cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE
message on the STATUS SD page.
2. Notify IOC of any cargo smoke detection system malfunctions.
3. MAINTENANCE – It is the responsibility of the Ground Engineer to advise the
Ramp Coordinator of the unavailability of the Cargo Compartment. It is the
Ramp Coordinator’s responsibility to ensure that the relevant limitations are
complied with.
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-16 - Lower Deck Cargo Compartment Smoke Detection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
26-16-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 6 0 No
[P]
Both detectors in one or more cavities may be inoperative provided that the AFT and the
BULK lower deck cargo compartments are empty.
Note: 1. Failure of a single detector in each cavity is indicated by a MAINTENANCE
message on the STATUS SD page.
2. Notify IOC of any cargo smoke detection system malfunctions.
3. MAINTENANCE – It is the responsibility of the Ground Engineer to advise the
Ramp Coordinator of the unavailability of the Cargo Compartment. It is the
Ramp Coordinator’s responsibility to ensure that the relevant limitations are
complied with.
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-17 - Lavatory Smoke Detection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-17 - Lavatory Smoke Detection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-18 - Auxiliary Areas Smoke Detection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
26-18-10B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B – – Yes
(m) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated Video Control Center (VCC)
is deactivated.
Refer to Item 25-25-50B Video/PTV/IFE – Single or Multiple Cabin Zones Inop
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-18 - Auxiliary Areas Smoke Detection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
26-18-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 – Yes
(m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the In-Flight Entertainment Center (IFEC) is deactivated.
Refer to Item 25-25-50B Video/PTV/IFE – Single or Multiple Cabin Zones Inop
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-18-00-040-804
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-22 - APU Fire Extinguishing
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
26-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative provided that the APU condition is continuously monitored in the cockpit
during APU operation on ground.
26-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the bottle pressure switch is checked operative before the
first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 26-22-00-040-805
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-22 - APU Fire Extinguishing
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
26-22-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the APU is not used.
Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 26-22-04A APU Fire Extinguisher Bottle
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-23 - Lower Deck Cargo Compartment Fire Extinguishing
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-23 - Lower Deck Cargo Compartment Fire Extinguishing
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
26-23-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
[P]
Both may be inoperative provided that the FWD lower deck cargo compartment is empty.
Note: 1. Failure of a single squib is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on the
STATUS SD page.
2. MAINTENANCE – It is the responsibility of the Ground Engineer to advise the
Ramp Coordinator of the unavailability of the Cargo Compartment. It is the
Ramp Coordinator’s responsibility to ensure that the relevant limitations are
complied with.
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-23 - Lower Deck Cargo Compartment Fire Extinguishing
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
26-23-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
[P]
Both may be inoperative provided that the AFT and the BULK lower deck cargo
compartments are empty.
Note: 1. Failure of a single squib is indicated by a MAINTENANCE message on the
STATUS SD page.
2. MAINTENANCE – It is the responsibility of the Ground Engineer to advise the
Ramp Coordinator of the unavailability of the Cargo Compartment. It is the
Ramp Coordinator’s responsibility to ensure that the relevant limitations are
complied with.
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-23 - Lower Deck Cargo Compartment Fire Extinguishing
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-24 - Portable Fire Extinguisher
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-24-01 - Portable Fire Extinguisher
26-24-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
At least one Halon hand held fire extinguisher must be located on the flight deck.
26-24-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 5 No
A minimum of five hand held fire extinguishers must be strategically located throughout the
cabin. At least half, but not less than two of these fire extinguishers must be Halon.
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-24 - Portable Fire Extinguisher
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 26-24-01 - Portable Fire Extinguisher
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-25 - Lavatory Fire Extinguishing
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
26 - FIRE PROTECTION
26-25 - Lavatory Fire Extinguishing
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-01 - FLT CTL Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated F/CTL PRIM 1(2)(3) FAULT
alert and the associated PRIM 1(2)(3) indication on the F/CTL SD page are checked
operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-01-01A PRIM pb-sw FAULT light
27-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
27-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated F/CTL SEC 1(2) FAULT alert
and the associated SEC 1(2) indication on the F/CTL SD page are checked operative.
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-01 - FLT CTL Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
27-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
27-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(m) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected aileron through
each servo-control is visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-14-00-040-802
27-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) [S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected elevator is
visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-34-00-040-801
27-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that the pitch trim handwheel and the stabilizer are checked to
synchronously operate.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-45-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
27-07-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that before each flight:
1) The deflection of the rudder is visually checked, and
2) The rudder trim position indication is checked at zero, either on the F/CTL SD page or on
the RUD TRIM panel on the center pedestal.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-24-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-07-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
27-07-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 12 0 No
(m) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected spoiler is
visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-07-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 12 0 No
(m) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the deflection of the affected spoiler is
visually checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-64-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-08 - Indications on the EWD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
27-08-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-08 - Indications on the EWD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-09 - ECAM Alert
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) [S]
One or more may be displayed on the EWD provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) Before each flight, and for each false alert, the rudder deflection is checked operative
using only the servo-control associated with each false alert.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-09-01A F/CTL RUD G(Y)(B) SERVO JAM Alert
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-09 - ECAM Alert
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-14 - Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-14-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 4 No
All must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-14 - Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-21 - Rudder Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) [S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The rudder pedals can be secured in a position which meets individual pilot
requirements, and
2) The full and unrestricted movement of the rudder pedals and brake pedals deflection is
possible at both pilot stations.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-21-01A Rudder Pedal Adjustment System
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-21 - Rudder Control
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-22 - Rudder Trim Actuation and Artificial Feel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) [P] [L]
One may be inoperative provided that the other system is checked operative before each
flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-22-01A Rudder Trim System
(m) Refer to AMM 27-22-00-040-801
27-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that one rudder trim position indication is operative.
27-22-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that the rudder trim position is checked centered on the F/CTL
SD page before takeoff.
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-22 - Rudder Trim Actuation and Artificial Feel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-23 - Rudder and Pedal Travel Limiting Actuation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One channel may be inoperative provided that the FCDC 2 and the FWC 2 are operative.
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-23 - Rudder and Pedal Travel Limiting Actuation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-24 - Rudder Hydraulic Actuation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 3 3 No
All must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-24 - Rudder Hydraulic Actuation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-26 - Yaw Damper Actuation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-26-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) [P] [L]
Yaw damper system 2 may be inoperative provided that the BYDU is checked operative
before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-26-01A Yaw Damper System
(m) Refer to AMM 27-26-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-26 - Yaw Damper Actuation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-34 - Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-34-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 4 No
All must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-34 - Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-40 - Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-40 - Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-40 - Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-40 - Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-51 - Flaps Electrical Control and Monitoring
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-51-01A Flap System 1 (Deactivated with maintenance actions for 9
days)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-51-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-51 - Flaps Electrical Control and Monitoring
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-64 - Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-64-01 Spoiler
Ident.: MI-27-64-00007274.0001001 / 15 DEC 11
Applicable to: ALL
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-64 - Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-81 - Slats Electrical Control and Monitoring
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-81-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-81-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-81 - Slats Electrical Control and Monitoring
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-92 - Electrical Flight Control System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (EFCS) Control Inputs and Power Supply
27-92-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
27-92-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [P]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied, and
2) The AUTO/BRK function is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-42-04 AUTO/BRK Function
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-92-02A Ground Spoiler Control System
27-92-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 4 No
All must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-92 - Electrical Flight Control System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (EFCS) Control Inputs and Power Supply
27-92-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 24 16 No
(m) [P]
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) Before each flight, the inoperative PRIM sidestick potentiometer signals are checked to
be associated with a single PRIM (PRIM 1 or PRIM 3), and
2) Before each flight, all sidestick priority switch signals associated with the two other
PRIMs and both SECs are checked correctly received and used, and
3) The associated PRIM is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 27-93-01 PRIM 1, or
Refer to Item 27-93-03 PRIM 3
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-92-00-040-801
27-92-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 12 8 No
(m) [P]
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) Before each flight, the inoperative PRIM sidestick priority switch signals are checked to
be associated with a single PRIM (PRIM 1 or PRIM 3), and
2) Before each flight, all sidestick potentiometer signals associated with the two other
PRIMs and both SECs are checked correctly received and used, and
3) The associated PRIM is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 27-93-01 PRIM 1, or
Refer to Item 27-93-03 PRIM 3
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-92 - Electrical Flight Control System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (EFCS) Control Inputs and Power Supply
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-92 - Electrical Flight Control System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (EFCS) Control Inputs and Power Supply
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-93 - Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC/PRIM)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-93-01 PRIM 1
Ident.: MI-27-93-00007284.0034001 / 20 OCT 14
Applicable to: B-LAC, B-LAD, B-LAE, B-LAF, B-LAG, B-LAH, B-LAI, B-LAJ, B-LAK, B-LAL, B-LAM, B-LAN, B-LAO, B-LAP, B-LAQ,
B-LAR, B-LAX, B-LAZ, B-LBA, B-LBB, B-LBC, B-LBE, B-LBF, B-LBG, B-LBH, B-LBI, B-LBJ, B-LBK
27-93-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P] [E] [L]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The PRIM 1 pb-sw is set to OFF and remains OFF for the whole flight, and
3) All SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, ADIRSs and the PRIM 3 are operative, and
4) The stabilizer actuator electrical motors associated with PRIM 2 and PRIM 3 are
operative, and
5) The sidestick priority function is checked operative on both sides before each flight, and
6) All sidestick transducers associated with both SECs are checked operative, and
7) The back-up control module and the rudder control associated with SEC 1 are checked
operative before each flight, and
8) All pedals position transducer units associated with PRIM 2, PRIM 3 and SEC 1 are
checked operative before each flight, and
9) The elevators control functioning is checked through each operative PRIM and SEC
before each flight, and
10) The blue and yellow electric pumps are checked operative, and
11) The Flight Manual performance penalties for one pair of spoilers inoperative are
applied.
Note: Deactivation of the pair of spoilers 5 is not necessary.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-93-01A PRIM 1
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-93-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-93 - Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC/PRIM)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-93-01 PRIM 1
Ident.: MI-27-93-00007284.0035001 / 12 AUG 14
Applicable to: B-HLD, B-HLF, B-HLH, B-HLM, B-HLN, B-HLO, B-HLP, B-HLQ, B-HLR, B-HLS, B-HLT, B-HLU, B-HLV, B-HLW
27-93-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P] [E] [L]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The PRIM 1 pb-sw is set to OFF and remains OFF for the whole flight, and
3) All SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, ADIRSs and the PRIM 3 are operative, and
4) The stabilizer actuator electrical motors associated with PRIM 2 and PRIM 3 are
operative, and
5) The sidestick priority function is checked operative on both sides before each flight, and
6) All sidestick transducers associated with both SECs are checked operative, and
7) The elevators control functioning is checked through each operative PRIM and SEC
before each flight, and
8) The Flight Manual performance penalties for one pair of spoilers inoperative are applied.
Note: Deactivation of the pair of spoilers 5 is not necessary.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-93-01A PRIM 1
(m) Refer to AMM Task 27-93-00-040-801
27-93-02 PRIM 2
Ident.: MI-27-93-00007285.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
27-93-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-93 - Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC/PRIM)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-93-03 PRIM 3
Ident.: MI-27-93-00007286.0001001 / 30 JAN 14
Applicable to: B-HLD, B-HLF, B-HLH, B-HLM, B-HLN, B-HLO, B-HLP, B-HLQ, B-HLR, B-HLS, B-HLT, B-HLU, B-HLV, B-HLW
27-93-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The PRIM 3 pb-sw is set to OFF and remains OFF for the whole flight, and
2) All SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, ADIRSs and the PRIM 1 are operative, and
3) The stabilizer actuator electrical motors associated with PRIM 1 and PRIM 2 are
operative, and
4) All sidestick transducers associated with both SECs are checked operative, and
5) The Flight Manual performance penalties for the pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 inoperative are
applied.
Note: Deactivation of the pairs of spoilers 1 and 2 is not necessary.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-93-03A PRIM 3
(m) Refer to AMM 27-93-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-93 - Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC/PRIM)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-93-03 PRIM 3
Ident.: MI-27-93-00007286.0005001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: B-LAC, B-LAD, B-LAE, B-LAF, B-LAG, B-LAH, B-LAI, B-LAJ, B-LAK, B-LAL, B-LAM, B-LAN, B-LAO, B-LAP, B-LAQ,
B-LAR, B-LAX, B-LAZ, B-LBA, B-LBB, B-LBC, B-LBE, B-LBF, B-LBG, B-LBH, B-LBI, B-LBJ, B-LBK
27-93-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The PRIM 3 pb-sw is set to OFF and remains OFF for the whole flight, and
2) All SECs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs, ADIRSs and the PRIM 1 are operative, and
3) The stabilizer actuator electrical motors associated with PRIM 1 and PRIM 2 are
operative, and
4) All sidestick transducers associated with both SECs are checked operative, and
5) The back-up control module and the rudder control associated with SEC 1 are checked
operative before each flight, and
6) All pedals position transducer units associated with PRIM 1, PRIM 2 and SEC 1 are
checked operative before each flight, and
7) The blue electric pump is checked operative, and
8) The Flight Manual performance penalties for two pairs of spoilers (surfaces 1 and 2)
inoperative are applied.
Note: Deactivation of the two pairs of spoilers N°1 and N°2 is not necessary.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-93-03A PRIM 3
(m) Refer to AMM 27-93-00-040-802
27-93-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-93 - Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC/PRIM)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-93 - Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC/PRIM)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-94 - Flight Control Secondary Computer (FCSC/SEC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-94-01 SEC 1
Ident.: MI-27-94-00007288.0001001 / 30 JAN 14
Applicable to: B-HLD, B-HLF, B-HLH, B-HLM, B-HLN, B-HLO, B-HLP, B-HLQ, B-HLR, B-HLS, B-HLT, B-HLU, B-HLV, B-HLW
27-94-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P] [L]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The SEC 1 pb-sw is set to OFF and remains OFF for the whole flight, and
2) All PRIMs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs and ADIRSs are operative, and
3) The FCDC 2 and FWC 2 are operative, and
4) All sidestick transducers associated with SEC 2 are checked operative, and
5) The Flight Manual performance penalties for one pair of spoilers inoperative are applied.
Note: Deactivation of the pair of spoilers 6 is not necessary.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 27-94-01A SEC 1
(m) Refer to AMM 27-94-00-040-801
27-94-01 SEC 1
Ident.: MI-27-94-00007288.0003001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: B-LAC, B-LAD, B-LAE, B-LAF, B-LAG, B-LAH, B-LAI, B-LAJ, B-LAK, B-LAL, B-LAM, B-LAN, B-LAO, B-LAP, B-LAQ,
B-LAR, B-LAX, B-LAZ, B-LBA, B-LBB, B-LBC, B-LBE, B-LBF, B-LBG, B-LBH, B-LBI, B-LBJ, B-LBK
27-94-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P] [L]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The SEC 1 pb-sw is set to OFF and remains OFF for the whole flight, and
2) All PRIMs, SFCCs, LGCIUs, RAs and ADIRSs are operative, and
3) All sidestick transducers associated with SEC 2 are checked operative, and
4) The Flight Manual performance penalties for one pair of spoilers inoperative are applied.
Note: Deactivation of the pair of spoilers 6 is not necessary.
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-94 - Flight Control Secondary Computer (FCSC/SEC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-94-02 SEC 2
Ident.: MI-27-94-00007289.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
27-94-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-95 - Flight Control Data Concentrator (FCDC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
27-95-01 FCDC
Ident.: MI-27-95-00007290.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
27-95-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(m) FCDC 2 may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 27-95-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS
27-95 - Flight Control Data Concentrator (FCDC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-01 - FUEL Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-01-01 - Inner Tank pb-sw lights
28-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated pump indication is operative
on the FUEL SD page.
28-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
28-01-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(m) [S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the closure function of the associated
emergency inner tank isolation valve is checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-11-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-01 - FUEL Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-01-01 - Inner Tank pb-sw lights
28-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-01 - FUEL Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-01-02 - Outer Tank pb-sw lights
28-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
28-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-01 - FUEL Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-01-02 - Outer Tank pb-sw lights
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-01 - FUEL Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-01-03 - X FEED pb-sw lights
28-01-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the X FEED valve indication is operative on the FUEL SD
page.
28-01-03-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-01 - FUEL Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-01-03 - X FEED pb-sw lights
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-01 - FUEL Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-01-04 - Trim Tank pb-sw lights
28-01-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
28-01-04-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-01 - FUEL Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-01-04 - Trim Tank pb-sw lights
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-07-01 - Indications on the CRUISE SD page
28-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 73-07-01 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-07-01 - Indications on the CRUISE SD page
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-07-02 - Fuel Quantity Indications on the FUEL SD page
28-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 73-07-01 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page
28-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
28-07-02-03 Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the FUEL SD page
Ident.: MI-28-07-02-00007413.0001001 / 15 SEP 12
Applicable to: ALL
28-07-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
(o) [P]
One or more FQI may be in degraded mode (last two green digits with amber dashes)
provided that the loss of accuracy is taken into account for the fuel planning.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-07-02-03A Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in degraded mode on the
FUEL SD Page
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-07-02 - Fuel Quantity Indications on the FUEL SD page
28-07-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
28-07-02-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) [P]
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The fuel quantity in the associated tank is checked after each refueling by manual
magnetic indicators, and
2) All F. USED indications are operative on the FUEL SD page, and
3) Both outer to inner transfer valves are deactivated in the closed position, and
4) Both outer tanks are full, and the fuel in these tanks is considered as not usable for the
flight planning, and
5) The manual forward transfer from the trim tank to the inner tank is performed as soon as
possible at the beginning of the cruise phase.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-07-02-05A Inner Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page
(m) Refer to AMM 28-42-00-040-803
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-07-02 - Fuel Quantity Indications on the FUEL SD page
28-07-02-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
(o) (m) [P]
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The fuel quantity in the associated tank is checked after each refueling by manual
magnetic indicators, and
2) The F. USED indication on the associated side is operative on the FUEL SD page, and
3) The fuel quantity indication in the associated inner tank is operative on the FUEL SD
page, and
4) The manual forward transfer from the trim tank to the inner tanks is performed as soon
as possible at the beginning of the cruise phase.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-07-02-06A Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD Page
(m) Refer to AMM 28-42-00-040-802
28-07-02-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) [P]
May be inoperative provided that there is no fuel in the trim tank.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-07-02-07A Trim Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD Page
(m) Refer to AMM 28-42-00-040-804
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-07-02 - Fuel Quantity Indications on the FUEL SD page
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-07-03 - Fuel Temperature Indications on the FUEL SD page
28-07-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
28-07-03-02 Left Outer Tank Fuel Temperature Indication on the FUEL SD page
Ident.: MI-28-07-03-00007422.0005001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-07-03 - Fuel Temperature Indications on the FUEL SD page
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-07-04 - Tank Pump Indications on the FUEL SD page
28-07-04-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-07-04 - Tank Pump Indications on the FUEL SD page
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-07-05 - Valve Indications on the FUEL SD page
28-07-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative provided that the APU LP fuel valve is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 28-29-02 APU LP Fuel Valve
28-07-05-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
28-07-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 28-07-05 - Valve Indications on the FUEL SD page
28-07-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 No
[S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The fuel quantity indications of the associated tanks are operative on the FUEL SD page,
and
2) The transfer operation is monitored through the fuel quantity indications.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-08 - Indications on the EWD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-08 - Indications on the EWD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) [P]
May be inoperative provided that there is no fuel in the trim tank or the fuel in the trim
tank is considered as not usable and as part of ZFW and is taken into account for CG
determination.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-09-01A FUEL EXCESS AFT CG Alert
(m) Refer to AMM 28-27-00-040-807
28-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be displayed on the EWD provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The fuel level is monitored in flight.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
[S]
One may be inoperative in one inner tank provided that:
1) The alert is confirmed to be false by troubleshooting, and
2) The associated inner tank low level detection system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 28-46-01 Inner Tank Low Level Detection
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-11 - Tank
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
Note: An emergency inner tank isolation valve with one motor failed must be considered
inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-11 - Tank
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-12 - Tank Venting System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be broken or missing.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-12-01A Overpressure Protector in Wing Surge Tanks
28-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be broken or missing.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-12 - Tank Venting System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-21 - Main Fuel Pump System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-21-01A L2 or R2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 Yes
(o) [P] [E]
The main pump L2 or R2 may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The crossfeed valve is operative, and
3) 2 000 kg of additional fuel are loaded in the aircraft.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-21-01A Inner Tank Main Pump
28-21-01B L1 or R1 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 Yes
(o) [P]
The main pump L1 or R1 may be inoperative provided that:
1) The crossfeed valve is operative, and
2) 2 000 kg of additional fuel are loaded in the aircraft.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-21-01B Inner Tank Main Pump
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-21 - Main Fuel Pump System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-21-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-22 - APU Fuel Pump System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-22 - APU Fuel Pump System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-23 - Crossfeed System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P] [E]
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) Both outer tank inlet valves are operative, and
3) Both inner tank inlet valves are operative, and
4) All fuel quantity indications are operative on the FUEL SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-23-01A Crossfeed Valve
(m) Refer to AMM 28-23-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-23 - Crossfeed System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-24 - Engine LP Fuel Shutoff
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-24-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-24 - Engine LP Fuel Shutoff
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-25 - Refuel/Defuel System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes
[S]
One or more may be inoperative.
28-25-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes
[S]
One or more indications may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously
monitored during refueling or defueling.
28-25-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 Yes
[S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that fueling and defueling procedures do not
require their use.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-25 - Refuel/Defuel System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-25-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P]
One or both may be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) The associated outer to inner transfer valve is operative, and
2) There is no fuel in the trim tank or the fuel in the trim tank is considered as not usable
and as part of ZFW and is taken into account for CG determination, and
3) The fuel in the associated outer tank is considered as not usable for the flight planning.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-25-04A Inner Tank Inlet Valve
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-806
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-25 - Refuel/Defuel System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-25-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P]
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) The trim tank feed switch is set to ISOL, and
2) There is no fuel in the trim tank or the fuel in the trim tank is considered as not usable
and as part of ZFW and is taken into account for CG determination.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-25-06A Trim Tank Inlet Valve
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-808
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-25 - Refuel/Defuel System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-25 - Refuel/Defuel System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-25-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 Yes
(m) [S]
One or both coupling check valves on one refuel coupling may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated refuel isolation valve is operative, and
2) The affected coupling check valve is sealed, and
3) The associated refuel coupling is not used, and
4) Both coupling caps are installed and no fuel leak is detected.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-25-00-040-816
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-25 - Refuel/Defuel System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-26 - Main Transfer System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-26 - Main Transfer System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-27 - Trim Tank Transfer System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-27-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P]
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that:
1) The trim tank feed switch is set to ISOL, and
2) There is no fuel in the trim tank or the fuel in the trim tank is considered as not usable
and as part of ZFW and is taken into account for CG determination.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-27-01A Trim Tank Isolation Valve
(m) Refer to AMM 28-27-00-040-803
28-27-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) [P]
One or both may be inoperative in the closed position.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-27-02A Aft Transfer Valve
(m) Refer to AMM 28-27-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-27 - Trim Tank Transfer System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-27 - Trim Tank Transfer System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-27-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) [P]
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that the manual forward transfer from the
trim tank to the inner tanks is performed as soon as possible at the beginning of the cruise
phase.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-27-04A Auxiliary Forward Transfer Valve (manual fwd transfer)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-27-00-040-804
28-27-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-27-05A Trim Tank Transfer Pump
Note: Apply the Trim/APU Fuel Line MEL item only in the case of fuel leak at the trim/APU drain
mast without any other structural leaks. For other cases, Operator must request technical
support and assistance from AIRBUS via maintenance control.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-27 - Trim Tank Transfer System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-29 - APU LP Fuel Shutoff
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-29-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) [S]
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that the APU is not used.
Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-29-01A APU Fuel Isolation Valve
(m) Refer to AMM 28-29-00-040-801
28-29-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) [S]
May be inoperative in the closed position provided that the APU is not used.
Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-29-02A APU LP Fuel Valve
(m) Refer to AMM 28-29-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-29 - APU LP Fuel Shutoff
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-43 - Manual Magnetic Indicators
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-43-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated fuel quantity indication is
operative on the FUEL SD page.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-43 - Manual Magnetic Indicators
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-46 - Tank Level Sensing
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-46-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
[S]
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The fuel quantity indications of the inner tank are operative on the FUEL SD page, and
2) The fuel quantity in the affected inner tank is monitored during the flight.
28-46-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
[S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The fuel quantity is continuously monitored during refueling, and
2) The fuel quantity indications of the inner tanks are operative on the FUEL SD page.
28-46-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
[S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored
during refueling.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-46 - Tank Level Sensing
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-46-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [P]
May be inoperative provided that the fuel quantity is continuously monitored during
refueling.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-46-04A Trim Tank High Level Detection
28-46-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the fuel level is monitored in flight.
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-51 - Fuel Control and Monitoring System (FCMS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-51-01 FCMC 1
Ident.: MI-28-51-00007407.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
28-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
28-51-02 FCMC 2
Ident.: MI-28-51-00007408.0005001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
28-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) [P]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated fuel level sensing part is checked to have power, and
2) All F. USED indications are operative on the FUEL SD page, and
3) The trim tank fuel temperature indication is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 28-07-03-03 Trim Tank Fuel Temperature Indication on the FUEL SD page
Note: When the FCMC 2 is inoperative, the fuel quantity indications on the FUEL SD
page can have dashes on the two last digits.
Refer to Item 28-07-02-03 Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in Degraded Mode on the
FUEL SD page
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-51-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
28 - FUEL
28-51 - Fuel Control and Monitoring System (FCMS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
28-51-03B Data transfer inoperative from both FMGECs to FCMCs, and manual forward
transfer from trim tank
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) [P]
Data transfer from both FMGECs to FCMCs may be inoperative provided that the manual
forward transfer from the trim tank to the inner tanks is performed as soon as possible at the
beginning of the cruise phase.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-51-03B FCMC Initialization (ZFW, ZFCG) (manual fwd transfer)
28-51-03C Data transfer inoperative from both FMGECs to FCMCs, and trim tank isolated
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) [P]
Data transfer from both FMGECs to FCMCs may be inoperative provided that there is no
fuel in the trim tank or the fuel in the trim tank is considered as not usable and as part of
ZFW and is taken into account for CG determination.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 28-51-03C FCMC Initialization (ZFW, ZFCG) (trim tank isolated)
(m) Refer to AMM 28-51-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-01 - HYD Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated reservoir quantity indication is
operative on the HYD SD page.
29-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
29-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-01 - HYD Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated reservoir quantity indication is
operative on the HYD SD page.
29-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-07 - Indications on the HYD SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
29-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
29-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-07 - Indications on the HYD SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) (m) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated electric pump is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-07-04A Electric pump OVHT Indication on the HYD SD Page
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-807
29-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative provided that the RAT is visually checked to be stowed before each
flight.
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-07 - Indications on the HYD SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(m) [S]
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated HYD RSVR LO LVL alert is operative, and
2) The associated reservoir quantity is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-801
29-07-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated system pressure is checked
available before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-07-07A System Label Indication on the HYD SD Page
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-07 - Indications on the HYD SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(o) [S]
One may be inoperative provided that the associated system label indication is operative on
the HYD SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-07-08A System Pressure Indication on the HYD SD Page
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be displayed on the EWD.
29-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) (m) [S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that
1) The affected low pressure switch is deactivated, and
2) The associated system pressure indication is operative on the HYD SD page.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-09-02A HYD B(Y) ENG PUMP LO PR Alert
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-808
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(o) (m) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The affected low pressure switch is deactivated, and
2) The associated system pressure indication is operative on the HYD SD page, and
3) The associated green EDP is checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-09-03A HYD G ENG PUMP LO PR Alert
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-808
29-09-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(m) [S]
One may be inoperative provided that the air pressure is checked on the associated
reservoir before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-09-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
One may be inoperative.
29-09-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 No
(o) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated system pressure is checked
available before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-09-07A HYD G(B)(Y)(G+B)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR Alert
29-09-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that the HSMU computer is checked correctly installed in its
rack.
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-09-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the RAT integrity is checked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-31-00-040-803
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-10 - Main Hydraulic Power
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-10-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 4 No
All must be operative.
29-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 No
One may be inoperative.
29-10-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected accumulator is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-10 - Main Hydraulic Power
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
29-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 4 No
All must be operative.
29-10-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 3 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that it is removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-10-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-10 - Main Hydraulic Power
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 4 4 No
All must be operative.
29-10-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
One may be inoperative.
29-10-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that an equivalent filter is used to fill the hydraulic reservoir.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-16-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-10 - Main Hydraulic Power
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-20 - Auxiliary Hydraulic Power
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-20-01A Green Auxiliary Hydraulic Power (electric pump)
29-20-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
29-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [S]
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-20-03A Blue Auxiliary Hydraulic Power (electric pump)
MEL ITEMS
29 - HYDRAULIC POWER
29-20 - Auxiliary Hydraulic Power
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
29-20-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [S]
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 29-20-04A Yellow Auxiliary Hydraulic Power (electric pump)
29-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) May be inoperative provided that the integrity of the yellow hydraulic system is not affected.
Note: The pump must be removed or the hydraulic lines blanked if it is leaking.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 29-23-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 30-01-01 - ANTI ICE Overhead Panel
30-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 30-01-01 - ANTI ICE Overhead Panel
30-01-01-03B Wing anti-ice control valves considered inoperative in the closed position
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
[P]
May be inoperative provided that the wing anti-ice control valves are considered inoperative
in the closed position.
Refer to Item 30-11-01A Wing Anti-Ice Control Valve
30-01-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 30-01-01 - ANTI ICE Overhead Panel
30-01-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 30-01-01 - ANTI ICE Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 30-01-02 - WIPER Overhead Panel
30-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
[S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated low speed function is
operative.
30-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 30-01-02 - WIPER Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-07 - Indications on the BLEED SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
30-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
30-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-07 - Indications on the BLEED SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-11 - Wing Ice Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-11 - Wing Ice Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-21 - Engine Air Intake Ice Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-21 - Engine Air Intake Ice Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-31 - Probe Ice Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-31 - Probe Ice Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-31 - Probe Ice Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-31 - Probe Ice Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-31 - Probe Ice Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-31 - Probe Ice Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-42 - Windshield Anti-Icing and Defogging
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
30-42-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) [P] [L]
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing conditions, and
2) All heaters and failure alerts on the fixed and sliding windows associated with the
operative unit are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-42-01A Window Heat Computer
(m) Refer to AMM 30-42-00-040-801
30-42-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
[S]
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-42 - Windshield Anti-Icing and Defogging
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
30-42-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) [P] [L]
One may be inoperative provided that the aircraft is not operated in known or forecast icing
conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-42-03A Front Windshield Heating
30-42-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that the PROBES/WINDOW HEAT system is manually
activated before engine start.
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-45 - Windshield Rain Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-45 - Windshield Rain Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
30-45-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
Note: No entry in the logbook is required when it is installed but intentionally deactivated.
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-46 - Escape Slide Locking Mechanism Ice Protection System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
30-46-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 16 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-46 - Escape Slide Locking Mechanism Ice Protection System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-71 - Waste Water Ice Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
30-71-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
(m) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided:
1) The associated galleys and lavatories are not used, and
2) The associated lavatory water supplies are closed and the lavatory locked and placarded
inoperative.
Refer to Item 25-40-50 Lavatory
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 30-71-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-71 - Waste Water Ice Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-81 - Ice Detection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
30-81-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
30-81-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No
Refer to CDL/30-01 Icing Indicator
30-81-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 30-81-03A Lighting of External Visual Icing Indicator
MEL ITEMS
30 - ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
30-81 - Ice Detection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-01 - RCDR Control Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-01-31A RCDR/GRD CTL pb-sw
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-01 - RCDR Control Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 22-05-01 AP/FD Related Indications on the FMA
31-05-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 22-05-02 A/THR Related Indications on the FMA
31-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 22-05-03 Approach and Landing Capabilities on the FMA
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 22-05-04 Special Messages on the FMA
31-05-05 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indication on the PFD
Ident.: MI-31-05-00007546.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
31-05-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-01 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indications on the PFD
31-05-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-02 Mach Number Indication on the PFD
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-05-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-03 VMO/MMO Characteristic Speed Indication on the PFD
31-05-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-04 Other Characteristic Speed Indications on the PFD
31-05-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-05 Altitude Indication on the PFD
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-05-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-06 Baro Reference Indication on the PFD
31-05-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-07 Vertical Speed in Inertial Mode Indication on the PFD
31-05-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-08 Other Air Data Related Indications on the PFD
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-05-13A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-09 Attitude Indication on the PFD
31-05-14A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-10 Heading Indication on the PFD
31-05-15A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-05-11 Radio Navaids Indications on the PFD
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-06 - Indications on the Navigation Display (ND)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-01 Ground Speed Indication on the ND
31-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-02 True Air Speed Indication on the ND
31-06-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-03 Wind Indication on the ND
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-06 - Indications on the Navigation Display (ND)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-06-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-04 Heading Indication on the ND
31-06-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-05 MAP Information on the ND
31-06-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-06 Radio Navaids Indications on the ND
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-06 - Indications on the Navigation Display (ND)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-06-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-06-07 Chrono Indication on the ND
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-06 - Indications on the Navigation Display (ND)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-07 - Indications on System Display (SD) pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No
Refer to corresponding item in associated ATA chapter.
31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 1 No
One or more may be inoperative except TAT indication.
Note: This item is applicable to aircraft with CRT Display Units (EIS1).
31-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 7 1 No
One or more may be inoperative except TAT indication.
Note: This item is applicable to aircraft with LCD Display Units (EIS2).
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-07 - Indications on System Display (SD) pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-08 - Indications on the Engine Warning Display (EWD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No
Refer to 77-08.
31-08-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 28-08-01 Fuel on Board (FOB) Indication on the EWD
31-08-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-08 - Indications on the Engine Warning Display (EWD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-08-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 27-08-01 Flap Position Indication on the EWD
and Refer to Item 27-08-02 Slat Position Indication on the EWD
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-20 - Independent Instruments
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The UTC indication from the CMS is operative on the Permanent Data of the SD, and
2) A chrono indication is operative on at least one ND.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-20-01A Electrical Clock Indicator
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-20 - Independent Instruments
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-30 - Recorders
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No
[S]
One or more may be inoperative.
31-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative for a maximum of 8 sectors provided:
1) Repairs are made within 72 elapsed hours, and
2) The aircraft does not depart HKG, and
3) The Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) operates normally.
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-30 - Recorders
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
[S]
One or more may be inoperative.
Note: Engine Condition Monitoring is required to be maintained. The Ground Engineer
is to extract ACMS CRUISE data accordingly (ref Engineering ETOPS Policy
manual, 3-6-1).
31-30-04 Flight Data Interface (FDIU or FDIMU Flight Data Interface function)
Ident.: MI-31-30-00007512.0001001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
31-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 – No
[S]
May be inoperative provided that the DFDR is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 31-30-02 Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR)
31-30-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D – 0 No
[S]
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-53 - Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) [P] [L]
FWC 2 may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-53-01A Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
31-53-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
31-53-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-53 - Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-53-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
31-53-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-53 - Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-53 - Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-55 - System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-55-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
SDAC 2 may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-55 - System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-56 - ECAM Control Panel (ECP)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-56-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 13 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
31-56-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
31-56-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-56 - ECAM Control Panel (ECP)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-56-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
31-56-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
31-56-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-56 - ECAM Control Panel (ECP)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-56-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-56-07A T.O CONFIG pb on the ECP
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-56 - ECAM Control Panel (ECP)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-62 - Display Management Computer (DMC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-62-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
One may be inoperative on DMC 2 provided that the EFIS DMC selector on F/O side is set
to 3.
Note: This item is applicable to aircraft with CRT Display Units (EIS1).
31-62-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
(o) One may be inoperative on DMC 2
Note: This item is applicable to aircraft with CRT Display Units (EIS1).
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-62-02A ECAM Part of the DMC
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-62 - Display Management Computer (DMC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
31-62-03 DMC
Ident.: MI-31-62-00007531.0001001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: B-HLN, B-HLO, B-HLP, B-HLQ, B-HLR, B-HLS, B-HLT, B-HLU, B-HLV, B-HLW, B-LAC, B-LAD, B-LAE, B-LAF, B-LAG,
B-LAH, B-LAI, B-LAJ, B-LAK, B-LAL, B-LAM, B-LAN, B-LAO, B-LAP, B-LAQ, B-LAR, B-LAX, B-LAZ, B-LBA, B-LBB, B-LBC, B-LBE,
B-LBF, B-LBG, B-LBH, B-LBI, B-LBJ, B-LBK
31-62-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
DMC 2 may be inoperative provided that the EFIS DMC selector on F/O side is set to 3.
Note: This item is applicable to aircraft with LCD Display Units (EIS2).
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-63 - Display Unit (DU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-63 - Display Unit (DU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-68 - Switching Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 31-68-01 - Switching Panel on the Center Pedestal
31-68-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-17-01 AIR DATA SWITCHING selector
31-68-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 34-17-02 ATT HDG SWITCHING selector
31-68-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 23-53-01 AUDIO SWITCHING selector
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-68 - Switching Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 31-68-01 - Switching Panel on the Center Pedestal
31-68-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 22-77-01 FM SWITCHING selector in the NORM Position
or Refer to Item 22-77-02 FM SWITCHING selector in BOTH ON 1, BOTH ON 2 Position
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-68 - Switching Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 31-68-02 - EFIS DMC Panel on the Lateral Instrument Panel
31-68-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
The EFIS DMC selector on the F/O side may be inoperative provided that:
1) The EFIS DMC selector on the F/O side is set to NORM, and
2) The EFIS displays are operative.
31-68-02-02 PFD/ND pb
Ident.: MI-31-68-02-00007538.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
31-68-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated PFD and ND units are operative, and
2) The automatic switching of PFD to ND is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-68-02-02A PFD/ND pb
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-68 - Switching Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 31-68-02 - EFIS DMC Panel on the Lateral Instrument Panel
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-68 - Switching Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 31-68-03 - ECAM SWITCHING Panel on the Center Instrument Panel
31-68-03-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The selector is in AUTO position, and
2) The automatic switching of DMC 3 to DMC 1 is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 31-68-00-040-801
31-68-03-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) May be inoperative provided that:
1) The selector is in NORM position, and
2) Both ECAM display units are operative, and
3) The automatic switching of EWDU to SDU is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 31-68-03-02A ECAM/ND selector
MEL ITEMS
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS
31-68 - Switching Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 31-68-03 - ECAM SWITCHING Panel on the Center Instrument Panel
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-01 - Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
[S]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The nose wheel steering control system is checked for absence of damage, and
2) All subsequent aircraft towing is performed using a tow bar, or using a towbarless towing
vehicle fitted with an operative oversteer detection system, as required by Flight Manual
limitations for towbarless operations.
Refer to AFM/LIM-09 Towbarless Operations
Note: No log book entry required if the system is installed but intentionally deactivated
(deactivated on CX aircraft).
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-01 - Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-07 - Indications on the WHEEL SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-07 - Indications on the WHEEL SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided that the L/G position indications are operative on
the LDG GEAR indicator panel.
32-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(o) [P]
One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-07-03A L/G Doors Position Indication on the WHEEL SD Page
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-07 - Indications on the WHEEL SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
32-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
32-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-07 - Indications on the WHEEL SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-07-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 10 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
32-07-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
32-07-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-07 - Indications on the WHEEL SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-07-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
32-07-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-07 - Indications on the WHEEL SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-09 - ECAM Alert
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-09 - ECAM Alert
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-11 - Main Gear
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-11-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-11 - Main Gear
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-31 - Normal Extension and Retraction
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-31-01 LGCIU 1
Ident.: MI-32-31-00007574.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
32-31-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
32-31-02 LGCIU 2
Ident.: MI-32-31-00007575.0001001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
32-31-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) [S]
LGCIU 2 may be inoperative provided that both SFCCs are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-31-02A LGCIU 2
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-802
32-31-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) One may be inoperative provided that the other channel is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-31 - Normal Extension and Retraction
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-31-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P] [E]
May be inoperative for three flights provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated in accordance with FCOM/PRO-SPO-25 Procedures for the flight
with landing gear down.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-31-04A Landing Gear Retracting System
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-804
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-33 - Free Fall Extension
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-33-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P] [E]
May be inoperative for three flights provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The aircraft is operated in accordance with FCOM/PRO-SPO-25 Procedures for the flight
with landing gear down.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-33-01A Landing Gear Gravity Extension System
(m) Refer to AMM 32-31-00-040-805
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-33 - Free Fall Extension
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-41 - Wheels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-41-01A Applicable to all wheel suppliers except for Goodrich–Messier Basic Main
Wheels P/N 3-1509-2 and P/N 3-1509-3
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A – – No
(m) [S]
One tie bolt on one wheel may be broken or missing for 5 flights provided that:
1) The affected wheel tie bolt is removed, and
2) The wheel and the associated brake (for the main wheel) are checked for absence of
damage.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-41-00-040-801
32-41-01B For Goodrich–Messier Basic Main Wheels P/N 3-1509-2 and P/N 3-1509-3
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No
All must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-41 - Wheels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-42 - Normal Braking
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-42 - Normal Braking
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-42 - Normal Braking
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-42-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
32-42-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [P] [L]
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-42-04A AUTO/BRK Function
32-42-05 Tachometer
Ident.: MI-32-42-00007584.0001001 / 15 DEC 11
Applicable to: ALL
32-42-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 7 No
(o) [P]
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied, and
2) The AUTO/BRK function is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 32-42-04 AUTO/BRK Function
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-42 - Normal Braking
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-42-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that affected brake pad is removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-42-00-040-805
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-44 - Alternate Braking
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-44-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 6 No
(m) [S]
Braking on one wheel per landing gear may be inoperative provided that:
1) The blue hydraulic supply of the affected brake is deactivated, and
2) All thrust reversers are operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-43-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-44 - Alternate Braking
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-44-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(m) [S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) Both BSCU systems are operative, and
2) The alternate braking system is checked operative before the first flight of each day.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-44-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-45 - Parking/Ultimate Emergency Braking
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-45-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-45 - Parking/Ultimate Emergency Braking
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-51 - Steering
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
Note: For Nose Wheel Steering Offset, Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-32 Operation with
Nosewheel Steering Offset - General
32-51-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or both may be inoperative (no disconnection is possible).
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-51-02A Rudder PEDALS DISC pb
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-51 - Steering
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [S]
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 32-51-04A PARKING BRAKE light on the NWS electrical deactivation box
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-53 - Nose Landing Gear Steering Angle Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
Note: No AML entry is required when system is installed but intentionally deactivated
(deactivated on CX aircraft).
32-53-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
(m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The nose wheel steering control system is checked for absence of damage, and
2) All subsequent aircraft towing is performed using a tow bar, or using a towbarless towing
vehicle fitted with an operative oversteer detection system, as required by Flight Manual
limitations for towbarless operations.
Note: No AML entry is required when system is installed but intentionally deactivated
(deactivated on CX aircraft).
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-53-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-53 - Nose Landing Gear Steering Angle Protection
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-61 - Landing Gear Panel on the Center Instrument Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
32-61-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
32-61-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) DOWN red arrow light may be inoperative provided that the L/G GEAR NOT DOWN alert is
checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 32-61-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
32 - LANDING GEAR
32-61 - Landing Gear Panel on the Center Instrument Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 33-01-01 - ANN LT Overhead Panel
33-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that both FWCs are operative.
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 33-01-01 - ANN LT Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 33-01-02 - SIGNS Overhead Panel
33-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
33-01-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
33-01-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 33-01-02 - SIGNS Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-12 - Cockpit General Illumination
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
33-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
[S]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The lighting is sufficient for all instruments and controls, and
2) The RH dome light is operative, and
3) The left section of the center instrument panel flood lighting is operative.
Note: OPERATIONS – The flight crew must assess whether the remaining lighting is
sufficient to provide adequate illumination and readability of affected instruments
and panels, in particular for operations to be performed during the hours of
darkness. Subsequent sector(s) should also be considered.
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-12 - Cockpit General Illumination
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
33-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
[S]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The lighting is sufficient for all instruments and controls, and
2) The RH dome light is operative.
Note: OPERATIONS – The flight crew must assess whether the remaining lighting is
sufficient to provide adequate illumination and readability of affected instruments
and panels, in particular for operations to be performed during the hours of
darkness. Subsequent sector(s) should also be considered.
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-20 - Cabin, CRC Signs
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-20 - Cabin, CRC Signs
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
33-20-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative and the affected lavatory may be used provided that:
1) The passenger address system is checked operative in the affected lavatory, and
2) The passenger address system is used to alert the occupant to return to his seat.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 33-20-02A Lavatory Sign (Return to Seat)
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-21 - Cabin, CRC General Illumination
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
33-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
May be degraded provided the lighting is sufficient for the cabin attendants to perform their
duties.
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-21 - Cabin, CRC General Illumination
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-30 - Cargo and Service Compartments
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
33-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-30 - Cargo and Service Compartments
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-40 - Exterior Lighting
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-40 - Exterior Lighting
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-40 - Exterior Lighting
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
33-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-40 - Exterior Lighting
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
33-40-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative provided that during night operations one stationary light of
the appropriate colour must be operative at each wing tip and the tail cone.
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-40 - Exterior Lighting
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
33-40-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
33-40-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
33-40-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-40 - Exterior Lighting
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-51 - Cabin Emergency Lighting
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
33-51-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
A maximum of three non-adjacent cabin overhead emergency lights may be inoperative.
33-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-51 - Cabin Emergency Lighting
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
33-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 8 7 No
[P]
One may be inoperative provided that the associated exit is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door, and
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Cabin Emergency Door
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-51 - Cabin Emergency Lighting
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
33 - LIGHTS
33-51 - Cabin Emergency Lighting
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-01 - ADIRS Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-01 - ADIRS Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
34-01-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
34-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated IR mode selector is operative, and
2) The two ADRs and the two IRs associated with operative ADR pb-sw are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-01-31A ADR pb-sw
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-01 - ADIRS Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-01-32 IR pb-sw
Ident.: MI-34-01-00007826.0001001 / 15 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
34-01-32A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The associated IR mode selector is operative, and
2) The two ADRs and the two IRs associated with operative IR pb-sw are operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-01-32A IR pb-sw
34-01-33A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
One may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-01 - ADIRS Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-05-01 Actual Airspeed Reference Line and Scale Indications on the PFD
Ident.: MI-34-05-00007933.0001001 / 22 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
34-05-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-05-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-05-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
(o) One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-05-04A Other Characteristic Speed Indications on the PFD
34-05-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
34-05-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-05-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
34-05-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
34-05-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) [P] [E] [L]
One may be inoperative for day VMC or day VFR according to regulations provided that
ETOPS is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-05-09A Attitude Indication on the PFD
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-05 - Indications on the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-05-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-06 - Indications on the Navigation Display (ND)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-06-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
34-06-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
34-06-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-06 - Indications on the Navigation Display (ND)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-06-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative provided that the heading indications are operative on both PFDs .
34-06-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-06 - Indications on the Navigation Display (ND)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-06-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-06 - Indications on the Navigation Display (ND)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-10 - Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-10-01 ADR
Ident.: MI-34-10-00007845.0001001 / 15 SEP 15
Applicable to: ALL
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-10 - Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-10-02 IR
Ident.: MI-34-10-00007848.0006001 / 15 SEP 15
Applicable to: ALL
34-10-02A IR 1 or IR 3 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) (m) [P] [E] [L]
IR 1 or IR 3 may be inoperative provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) Both flight controls Nz accelerometers are checked operative before each flight, and
3) Both flight controls Rate Gyros are checked operative before each flight.
Note: 1. If IR 1 is inoperative, and if TCAS is affected, Refer to Item 34-40-04 Traffic
Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) Function
2. If IR 1 inoperative, the Terrain function of the TAWS (EGPWS) is also
inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain
Awareness and Warning System (TAWS/EGPWS) Function
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-10-02A IR
(m) Refer to AMM 34-10-00-040-801
34-10-02B IR 2 inoperative
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 Yes
(o) (m) [P] [L]
IR 2 may be inoperative provided that:
1) Both flight controls Nz accelerometers are checked operative before each flight, and
2) Both flight controls Rate Gyros are checked operative before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-10-02B IR
(m) Refer to AMM 34-10-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-11 - Probe/Sensor
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 2 No
[P]
One may be inoperative provided that the associated ADR is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-10-01 ADR
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-11 - Probe/Sensor
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-14 - Attitude, Heading and Position
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-14 - Attitude, Heading and Position
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-17 - SWITCHING Panel on the Center Pedestal
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-17-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The selector is in the NORM position, and
2) ADR 1 and ADR 2 are operative.
34-17-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The selector is in the NORM position, and
2) IR 1 and IR 2 are operative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-17 - SWITCHING Panel on the Center Pedestal
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-21 - Altitude and Airspeed Standby Data
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
[P]
May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
34-21-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
34-21-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The standby horizon is operative, and
2) All ADRs, DMCs and probe heat computers are operative, and
3) The AIR DATA SWITCHING selector, both PFD/ND pb and both EFIS DMC selectors
are operative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-21 - Altitude and Airspeed Standby Data
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-21-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 4 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-22 - Attitude and Heading Standby Data
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-22 - Attitude and Heading Standby Data
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-22-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The three IRs are operative, and
2) The ATT HDG SWITCHING selector, both PFD/ND pb and both EFIS DMC selectors are
checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-22-01A Standby Compass Indicator
34-22-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
34-22-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [P] [L]
May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-22 - Attitude and Heading Standby Data
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-22 - Attitude and Heading Standby Data
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-23 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-23-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
[P]
May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
34-23-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The ISIS horizon function is operative, and
2) All ADRs, DMCs and probe heat computers are operative, and
3) The AIR DATA SWITCHING selector, both PFD/ND pb and both EFIS DMC selectors
are operative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-23 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-23-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
34-23-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
(o) [P] [L]
May be inoperative provided that the aircraft is operated in day VMC conditions.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-23-04A ISIS Attitude Function
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-23 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-23-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
34-23-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-23 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-30 - Landing and Taxiing Aid
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-30-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
(o) [P] [L]
One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-30-03A GNSS Landing System (GLS)
34-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 – No
(o) [P] [E] [L]
May be inoperative provided:
1) Approach minima do not require their use, and
2) The commander of the aircraft has satisfied himself that, taking into account the latest
information available as to the route and airport(s) to be used (including any planned
diversion) and the weather conditions likely to be encountered, the flight can be made
safely and in accordance with any relevant requirements of the appropriate Air Traffic
Control unit.
Note: 1. For ETOPS, if ILS is required, ILS 1 must be operative.
2. If ILS 1 is inoperative, the GPWS/G/S mode (mode 5) is also inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01D GPWS Mode 5 (Glideslope Deviation)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-30-04A Instrument Landing System (ILS)
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-30 - Landing and Taxiing Aid
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-40 - GPWS/TAWS, Radio Altimeter, TCAS, Weather Radar
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-40 - GPWS/TAWS, Radio Altimeter, TCAS, Weather Radar
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-40 - GPWS/TAWS, Radio Altimeter, TCAS, Weather Radar
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-40-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) [P] [L]
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-40-02A Radio Altimeter Automatic Callout
34-40-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) [P] [L]
One may be inoperative provided:
1) The associated Radio Altimeter System is deactivated, and
2) All ADIRUs, SFCCs and LGCIUs are operative.
Note: 1. If RA 1 is inoperative, the GPWS or the reactive modes of the TAWS are also
inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain
Awareness and Warning System (TAWS/EGPWS) Function
2. In case of dispatch with one RA inoperative, do not swap the RA Transceivers.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-40-03A Radio Altimeter System
(m) Refer to AMM 34-42-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-40 - GPWS/TAWS, Radio Altimeter, TCAS, Weather Radar
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-40-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
[P]
May be inoperative for a maximum of 10 calendar days provided the aircraft does not depart
HKG.
Note: Minimum requirements for a TCAS system to be considered serviceable are at
least one TA or RA ND display and audio annunciation.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-40 - GPWS/TAWS, Radio Altimeter, TCAS, Weather Radar
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-40-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 0 No
[P]
Both may be inoperative provided the commander is satisfied that windshear conditions
are not likely to be encountered at departure, destination or alternate airfields, taking into
account actual and forecast weather conditions.
Note: For Reactive Windshear Detection System, Refer to Item 22-60-01 Reactive
Windshear Detection Function
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-40 - GPWS/TAWS, Radio Altimeter, TCAS, Weather Radar
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-50 - ATC and Radio/GPS Navigation Systems
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-50-01 ATC
34-50-01A
One may be inoperative.
Note: For ETOPS, if ATC is required, ATC 1 must be operative.
34-50-03 ADF
Ident.: MI-34-50-00007928.0001001 / 20 MAR 15
Applicable to: ALL
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-50 - ATC and Radio/GPS Navigation Systems
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-50-04 DME
Ident.: MI-34-50-00007929.0001001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
34-50-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 Yes
[P] [E]
One may be inoperative.
Note: For ETOPS, if DME is required, DME 1 must be operative.
34-50-05 VOR
Ident.: MI-34-50-00007930.0001001 / 15 SEP 15
Applicable to: ALL
34-50-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 Yes
[P] [E]
One may be inoperative provided:
1) Repairs are made within 6 days, and
2) One DME, one Marker Beacon is operative, and
3) It is not reasonably practical for the repair or the replacement to be carried out before the
beginning of the flight, and
4) The commander of the aircraft has satisfied himself that, taking into account the latest
information available as to the route and aerodrome to be used (including any planned
diversion) and the weather conditions likely to be encountered, the flight can be made
safely and in accordance with any relevant requirements of the appropriate Air Traffic
Control, unit.
Note: For ETOPS, if VOR is required, VOR 1 must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-50 - ATC and Radio/GPS Navigation Systems
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-50-06 MARKER
Ident.: MI-34-50-00013972.0001001 / 15 SEP 15
Applicable to: ALL
34-50-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
[P]
One may be inoperative provided:
1) Repairs are made within 6 days, and
2) Both VORs, and one DME are serviceable, and
3) It is not reasonably practical for the repair or the replacement to be carried out before the
beginning of the flight, and
4) The Commander of the aircraft has satisfied himself that he will be able to establish the
position of any 75 MHz Marker Beacon appropriate to the intended flight by a suitable
alternative means, and
5) Marker unserviceable approach minima should be used as appropriate, and
6) The commander of the aircraft has satisfied himself that, taking into account the latest
information available as to the route and aerodrome to be used (including any planned
diversion) and the weather conditions likely to be encountered, the flight can be made
safely and in accordance with any relevant requirements of the appropriate Air Traffic
Control, unit.
34-50-07 DDRMI
Ident.: MI-34-50-00007931.0001001 / 27 JUN 11
Applicable to: B-HLD, B-HLF, B-HLH, B-HLM, B-HLN, B-HLO, B-HLP, B-HLQ, B-HLR, B-HLS, B-HLT, B-HLU, B-HLV, B-HLW, B-LAC,
B-LAD, B-LAE, B-LAF, B-LAG, B-LAH, B-LAI, B-LAJ, B-LAK, B-LAL, B-LAM
34-50-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-50 - ATC and Radio/GPS Navigation Systems
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-50-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) [P]
One or both may be inoperative provided procedures are not dependent upon its use.
Note: 1. Refer to HOW Supplementary Information - Navigation, Specialized Means Of
Navigation for route restrictions.
2. If both GPS are inoperative, the ADS-B OUT Function is also inoperative.
Refer to Item 34-50-09 ADS-B OUT Function
3. OPERATIONS – One must be operative for operations using P-RNAV/RNP 1
approach or departure operations.
4. OPERATIONS – If both GPS are inoperative, Flight Dispatch must amend the
ATS Flight Plan as follows:
Field 10a – remove ‘G’
Field 18 – remove ‘B1’, ‘C1’, ‘D1’, ‘L1’, ‘O1’, ‘S1’
Field 18 – insert ‘B3’, ‘B4’, ‘B5’, ‘D3’, ‘D4’, ‘O3’, ‘O4’
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 34-50-08A Global Positioning System (GPS) Function
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-50 - ATC and Radio/GPS Navigation Systems
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
34-50-09A ADS-B OUT Function not required for the intended route
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
[P]
May be inoperative provided the aircraft is not operated on routes requiring ADS-B.
Note: 1. OPERATIONS – Flight Dispatch are to remove "B1" from the field 10b of the
ATS FLT plan.
2. OPERATIONS – Route requirements must be established with IOC/Flight
Dispatch prior to departure.
MEL ITEMS
34 - NAVIGATION
34-50 - ATC and Radio/GPS Navigation Systems
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
35 - OXYGEN
35-01 - OXYGEN Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
35-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
35-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
35 - OXYGEN
35-01 - OXYGEN Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
35-01-32A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) [P]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The MANUAL Control of the passengers oxygen masks is checked operative, and
2) The operating altitude is limited to FL 300.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
MEL ITEMS
35 - OXYGEN
35-07 - Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
35-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the oxygen pressure is checked before the first flight of
each day.
Refer to Item 35-07-50 Crew OXY - Minimum Dispatch Pressure
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-07-02A Crew Oxygen REGUL LO PR Indication on the DOOR/OXY
SD page
(m) Refer to AMM 35-10-00-040-807
MEL ITEMS
35 - OXYGEN
35-07 - Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
35-07-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – No
(o) [S]
Dispatch is allowed when Crew Oxygen pressure is below 1,600 PSI providing a check is
made before each flight to ensure that the minimum crew oxygen pressure is sufficient for
the intended flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-07-50A Crew OXY - Minimum Dispatch Pressure
MEL ITEMS
35 - OXYGEN
35-10 - Crew Oxygen
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
35-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 – Yes
Each occupant of the cockpit must have his assigned oxygen mask operative.
35-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 2 Yes
One must be operative for each pilot.
35-10-03B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 1 1 No
Must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
35 - OXYGEN
35-10 - Crew Oxygen
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
35-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be missing or damaged.
MEL ITEMS
35 - OXYGEN
35-20 - Cabin and CRC Oxygen
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Note: For an inoperative cabin attendant oxygen unit located within the galley area:
Refer to Item 35-20-01 Cabin Attendant and Passenger/Cabin Occupant Individual Oxygen
Module
MEL ITEMS
35 - OXYGEN
35-20 - Cabin and CRC Oxygen
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
35-20-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
[S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated lavatory is not used.
Refer to Item 25-40-50 Lavatory
35-20-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 1 No
One must be available.
MEL ITEMS
35 - OXYGEN
35-30 - Portable Oxygen
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
35-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
(o) [S]
Any in excess of those required may be unserviceable or missing provided:
1) Operative units should be evenly distributed around the cabin, and
2) Inoperative units must be stowed in such a manner as to prevent inadvertent use, and
3) Location placarding for the associated inoperative bottle is obscured.
Note: A bottle with pressure below 1,800 psi is considered as unserviceable for
the purposes of calculating the minimum required bottles (Refer to OpsProc
35-30-02A).
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 35-30-02A Cabin Attendant Portable Oxygen Bottles
35-30-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One operative unit must be available on the flight deck.
MEL ITEMS
35 - OXYGEN
35-30 - Portable Oxygen
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
35-30-51A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 8 No
May be inoperative provided:
1) One operative unit is to be positioned at each exit door, and
2) Inoperative units must clearly be identified and stowed to prevent inadvertent use.
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-01 - AIR Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
36-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated BMC is operative.
36-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
36-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-01 - AIR Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
36-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-07 - Indications on the BLEED SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
36-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-07-01A APU Bleed Valve indication on the BLEED SD page
36-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
36-07-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-07 - Indications on the BLEED SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
36-07-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
36-07-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
36-07-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
36-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(m) [S]
One or both may be displayed provided that:
1) There is no air leakage on the associated pylon, and
2) The associated pylon leak detection loop is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 36-22-00-040-805
36-09-02 AIR APU BLEED LEAK [APU LEAK FED BY ENG] Alert
Ident.: MI-36-09-00007797.0006001 / 15 DEC 11
Applicable to: ALL
36-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(m) [S]
May be displayed provided that:
1) There is no air leakage on the APU bleed air ducts, and
2) The APU leak detection system is deactivated, and
3) The APU bleed check valve is removed and replaced by a plate, and
4) The APU bleed air supply system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-12-01 APU Bleed Air Supply System
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-11 - Engine Bleed Air Supply System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Note: In the case of depressurization at altitudes higher than 37,400 ft oxygen masks
may drop down during the descent.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-11-01A Engine Bleed Air Supply System
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-11 - Engine Bleed Air Supply System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
36-11-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) [P] [E]
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The engine bleed valve is secured in the closed position, and
2) The associated engine bleed air supply system is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-11 - Engine Bleed Air Supply System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
36-11-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
[P] [E]
One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-11 - Engine Bleed Air Supply System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
36-11-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
[P] [E]
One may be inoperative provided that the associated engine bleed air supply system is
considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 36-11-01 Engine Bleed Air Supply System
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-11 - Engine Bleed Air Supply System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-11-06B Engine Bleed IP Check Valve
(m) Refer to AMM Task
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-11 - Engine Bleed Air Supply System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-11-07B Engine Bleed HP Valve
(m) Refer to AMM Task
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-11 - Engine Bleed Air Supply System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
36-11-08B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-11 - Engine Bleed Air Supply System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-12 - APU Bleed Air Supply and Crossbleed Systems
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-12 - APU Bleed Air Supply and Crossbleed Systems
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
36-12-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the APU BLEED pb-sw is set to Off.
Refer to Item 36-12-01 APU Bleed Air Supply System
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 36-12-03A APU Bleed Check Valve
36-12-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) The automatic control may be inoperative provided that the manual control is checked
operative.
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-12 - APU Bleed Air Supply and Crossbleed Systems
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-12 - APU Bleed Air Supply and Crossbleed Systems
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-22 - APU Leak Detection Loop
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-22 - APU Leak Detection Loop
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-22 - APU Leak Detection Loop
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
36 - PNEUMATIC
36-22 - APU Leak Detection Loop
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
38 - WATER WASTE
38-13 - Potable Water
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
38-13-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
[S]
May be inoperative provided the potable water is serviced to overflow before each
departure.
Note: Aircraft must not be dispatched to destinations with water uplift restrictions or
alternatively bottled water must be loaded.
MEL ITEMS
38 - WATER WASTE
38-13 - Potable Water
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
38 - WATER WASTE
38-31 - Toilet System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
38-31-50A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
[S]
May be inoperative provided:
1) The waste tanks are fully serviced before every departure, and
2) The waste tanks are confirmed to be empty before every departure.
Note: 1. Ensure that the tanks are rinsed at least three times in order to dislodge any
contaminants from the liquid level transmitter.
2. MAINTENANCE – Apply MMB 4-38-7 (A330) or 4-38-10 (A340) to recover toilet
operation in the event of Liquid Level Transmitter (LLT) or Liquid Level Sensor
(LLS) failure.
Individual components may be inoperative.
Note: Any portion of the system which operates normally can be used.
MEL ITEMS
38 - WATER WASTE
38-31 - Toilet System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
45 - ONBOARD MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS
45-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 45-01-01 - Maintenance Overhead Panel
45-01-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
45 - ONBOARD MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS
45-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 45-01-01 - Maintenance Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
45 - ONBOARD MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS
45-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 45-01-02 - DATA LOADING Overhead Panel
45-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 Yes
[S]
May be inoperative.
45-01-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 Yes
[S]
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
45 - ONBOARD MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS
45-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 45-01-02 - DATA LOADING Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
45 - ONBOARD MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS
45-10 - Central Maintenance System (CMS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
45-10-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) [S]
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 45-10-01B Central Maintenance Computer (CMC)
MEL ITEMS
45 - ONBOARD MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS
45-10 - Central Maintenance System (CMS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
45 - ONBOARD MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS
45-20 - Up and Down Data Loading
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
45-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
45-20-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 1 0 No
[S]
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
45 - ONBOARD MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS
45-20 - Up and Down Data Loading
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
45 - ONBOARD MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS
45-40 - Printing
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
45-40-01 Printer
Ident.: MI-45-40-00007771.0001001 / 15 JUL 13
Applicable to: ALL
45-40-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 Yes
[P]
May be inoperative for 3 calendar days.
Note: If spares are available, must be repaired before dispatch from HKG.
MEL ITEMS
45 - ONBOARD MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS
45-40 - Printing
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
46 - INFORMATION SYSTEMS
46-21 - Air Traffic and Information Management System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
46-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 1 0 No
[P]
May be inoperative for 3 calendar days.
Note: 1. MAINTENANCE – ACMS stored report <02> (Engine Cruise Report), if
available, must be printed and faxed to CX Maintenance Control (+852 2362
7416) after each sector by the ground engineer.
OPERATIONS – As CPDLC and ADS-C are inoperative. Flight Dispatch are
to remove "J3" and "J5" from field 10a and "D1" from field 10b of the ATS flight
plan.
MEL ITEMS
46 - INFORMATION SYSTEMS
46-21 - Air Traffic and Information Management System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
46-21-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
49 - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER
49-01 - APU Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
49-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that N and EGT indications are operative on the APU SD page.
49-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
49-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative provided that AVAIL or N indication is operative on the APU SD page.
MEL ITEMS
49 - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER
49-01 - APU Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
49-01-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
49 - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER
49-07 - Indications on the APU SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
49-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
49-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the APU GEN is not required as a power
source.
MEL ITEMS
49 - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER
49-07 - Indications on the APU SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
49 - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER
49-10 - Power Plant (APU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 49-10-01B Power Plant (APU)
(m) Refer to AMM 49-11-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
49 - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER
49-10 - Power Plant (APU)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 52-01-01 - CKPT DOOR CONT Normal Overhead Panel
52-01-01-01 CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Ident.: MI-52-01-01-00007708.0001001 / 15 SEP 12
Applicable to: ALL
52-01-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) One or more may be inoperative provided the FAULT light is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-01-01-01A CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead
Panel
52-01-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 3 0 No
One or more may be inoperative provided the associated door strike(s) are operative.
52-01-01-03 Pressure Rate Sensor on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Ident.: MI-52-01-01-00007710.0001001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-01 - Overhead Panels
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 52-01-01 - CKPT DOOR CONT Normal Overhead Panel
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-07 - Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
(o) (m) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated door is visually checked to be
closed and locked before each flight.
Note: If the PSCU or at least one proximity switch is the cause of a DOOR alert, the
aircraft pressurization will be prevented at engine start.
Refer to Item 52-71-01 Proximity Switch Control Unit (PSCU), or
Refer to Item 52-71-02 Proximity Switch on the Avionics Door, or
Refer to Item 52-71-03 Proximity Switch on the Cabin Doors, (FWD, AFT, BULK)
Lower Deck Cargo Doors, or
Refer to Item 52-71-04 Proximity Switch on the Cabin Emergency Doors
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-07-01A Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
(m) Refer to AMM 52-70-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-07 - Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-10 - Cabin Door
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-10-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 8 7 No
(o) [P]
One passenger door or emergency passenger door, or it’s associated escape slide may be
inoperative for 3 days or 5 sectors provided:
1) The exit is secured closed prior to passenger boarding and is not used for any purpose
whilst passengers are on board, and
2) The number of passengers carried and their location within compartments is restricted in
accordance with the (o) procedure, and
3) All the emergency exits and/or exit markings, signs and lights associated with the
affected door must be obscured, and
4) The exit is marked by NO EXIT using placard P/N 311G1034-1, and,
5) Passenger seat(s) required to be unoccupied due to passenger distribution are placarded
DO NOT OCCUPY using placard P/N DNO-1, and
6) The pre take-off briefing to the passengers must reflect the current state and condition
of the aircraft escape facilities. A briefing using automatic audio/visual equipment
or a briefing by reference to a briefing card must be immediately qualified by oral
announcements to emphasize the fact that a particular exit is unusable and displays a
red NO EXIT sign, and
7) Where the evacuation drill calls for cabin crew to be seated by the inoperative exit, they
are to be briefed to direct passengers to a serviceable exit.
Note: 1. MAINTENANCE – In the Cabin Maintenance Log raise a separate ZADD (In
addition to the AML PADD) for the affected seats being inoperative.
2. MAINTENANCE– In the Cabin maintenance Log Operations Restrictions field
annotate the affected seats as NS (No sell) and notify Flight Dispatch.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-10-01A Cabin Door
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-10 - Cabin Door
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-10-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 – No
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-10 - Cabin Door
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-10-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 0 No
One or more may be inoperative.
52-10-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 8 – No
[P]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door, and
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Cabin Emergency Door
52-10-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 8 0 No
(o) [S]
One or more may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-10-06A CHECK DOOR PRESSURE Message on the FAP
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-10 - Cabin Door
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-10-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 8 – No
[P]
One or more may be inoperative provided that the affected door is considered inoperative.
Refer to Item 52-10-01 Cabin Door, and
Refer to Item 52-10-02 Cabin Emergency Door
52-10-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 8 0 No
(m) One or more may be damaged provided that the affected door spring rod assembly is
removed.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 52-10-00-040-802
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-30 - Cargo Door
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[S]
One or more may be inoperative in the closed and locked position provided that they are
indicated locked on the DOOR/OXY SD page.
52-30-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
(m) [S]
One or more may be inoperative provided that:
1) The integrity of the yellow hydraulic system is not affected, and
2) The affected cargo door is operated with a crane.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM Task 52-30-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-30 - Cargo Door
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-30-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
(m) [P]
0ne hinge arm or one hinge bolt may be inoperative on each cargo door provided that:
1) All the other hinge arms and hinge bolts have no damage, and
2) All the latching hooks, spools and bolts have no damage, and
3) The flight is not pressurized.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-30-00-040-803
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-30 - Cargo Door
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-30-05 Lower Deck Cargo Door Latching Hook, Spool and Bolt
Ident.: MI-52-30-00007732.0001001 / 15 DEC 11
Applicable to: ALL
52-30-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – No
(m) [P]
One latching hook, or one spool, or one bolt may be inoperative on each cargo door
provided that:
1) All the other latching hooks, spools, bolts have no damage, and
2) All the hinge arms and hinge bolts have no damage, and
3) The flight is not pressurized.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-30-00-040-802
52-30-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
(o) [S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated cargo door is in the fully open
position during loading and unloading operations.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-30-07A Cargo Door Open/Locked Indicator light
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-30 - Cargo Door
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-51 - Reinforced Cockpit Door (CDLS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-51-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [S]
The complete CDLS may be inoperative provided that:
1) The complete system is deactivated in the unlocked position, and
2) The supplementary flight deck door deadbolt is installed and operates normally.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-51-01B CDLS Normal System (Normal Control Unit, Switch and Lights
on CKPT DOOR Panel, Buzzer, Keypad)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-805
52-51-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The interphone system between the flight deck and cabin is operative, and
2) The key pad is deactivated.
Refer to Item 52-51-04 CDLS Keypad
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-51-03A Buzzer
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-804
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-51 - Reinforced Cockpit Door (CDLS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-51-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) (m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) The interphone system between the cabin and the cockpit is operative, and
2) The CDLS keypad is deactivated.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-51-04A CDLS Keypad
(m) Refer to AMM 52-51-00-040-804
52-51-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – – Yes
(o) [S]
May be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-51-05A CDLS Keypad Green and Red LEDs
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-51 - Reinforced Cockpit Door (CDLS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-51-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 No
May be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-51 - Reinforced Cockpit Door (CDLS)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-53 - COCKPIT DOOR Panel on the Center Pedestal
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-53-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided the automatic locking function is verified to operate normally.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-53-01A COCKPIT DOOR FAULT light
52-53-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided:
1) The automatic locking function is verified to operate normally, and
2) The buzzer operates normally.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-53-02A COCKPIT DOOR OPEN light
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-53 - COCKPIT DOOR Panel on the Center Pedestal
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-53-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 1 0 Yes
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided:
1) The unlock function is checked operative before first dispatch under this MEL item, and
2) The interphone system between the flight deck and cabin is operative, and
3) The keypad is deactivated.
Refer to Item 52-51-04 CDLS Keypad
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-53-03A LOCK Function of the COCKPIT DOOR sw
52-53-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 Yes
(o) [S]
May be inoperative provided:
1) The manual override handle is operative, and
2) A minimum of two persons occupy the flight deck at all times, and
3) The interphone system between the cabin and flight deck is operative, and
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-53-04A UNLOCK Function of the COCKPIT DOOR sw
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-71 - Door and Escape Slide Control System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-71-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(m) [P]
May be inoperative provided that:
1) All doors are visually checked to be closed and locked before each flight, and
2) The flight is not pressurized.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 52-71-00-040-802
52-71-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) (m) [S]
May be inoperative provided that the avionics door is visually checked to be closed and
locked before each flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 52-71-02A Proximity Switch on the Avionics Door
(m) Refer to AMM 52-71-00-040-807
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-71 - Door and Escape Slide Control System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-71 - Door and Escape Slide Control System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-71 - Door and Escape Slide Control System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-71 - Door and Escape Slide Control System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
52 - DOORS
52-71 - Door and Escape Slide Control System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
52-71-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 10 0 Yes
One or more may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
56 - WINDOWS
56-10 - Cockpit
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Note: A cockpit window with minor damages (as described in the associated maintenance
procedure) is considered operative, but the vision through this cockpit window must be
acceptable to the flight crew.
MEL ITEMS
56 - WINDOWS
56-10 - Cockpit
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Note: A cockpit window with minor damages (as described in the associated inspection
procedure) is considered operative, but the vision through this cockpit window must be
acceptable to the flight crew.
MEL ITEMS
56 - WINDOWS
56-10 - Cockpit
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
Note: A cockpit window with minor damages (as described in the associated inspection
procedure) is considered operative, but the vision through this cockpit window must be
acceptable to the flight crew.
MEL ITEMS
56 - WINDOWS
56-10 - Cockpit
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
56 - WINDOWS
56-20 - Cabin
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
56-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C – 0 No
[P]
One or more may be cracked provided that the flight is not pressurized.
MEL ITEMS
56 - WINDOWS
56-20 - Cabin
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-07 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
73-07-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-07 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
73-07-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-08 - Indications on the EWD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
73-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 Yes
One may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-08 - Indications on the EWD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
73-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) One or both may be inoperative provided that there is no disagreement between the
associated engine identification contained in the FADEC and the identification written on the
engine plate.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 73-25-00-040-805
73-09-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) [S]
One may be inoperative provided that the associated filter is replaced every day or every 15
flight hours, whichever occurs first.
Note: MAINTENANCE - Raise a separate SADD to replace the associated filter every
calendar day or every 15 flight hours whichever occurs first.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 73-30-00-040-803
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
73-09-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
B 2 1 Yes
One may be displayed on the EWD.
73-09-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 1 No
[S]
One may be displayed on the EWD for 300 flight hours or 20 consecutive calendar days,
whichever occurs first.
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
73-09-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 1 0 No
(o) [P]
May be inoperative provided that the takeoff performance used are those associated with
the configuration where all the following systems are simultaneously on:
‐ Both engine bleed air supply systems, and
‐ Both air conditioning packs, and
‐ All wing anti-ice control valves, and
‐ Both engine anti-ice valves.
Note: The above configuration is for RTOW calculation purposes only. Actual take-off
configuration is to be determined in accordance with normal procedures.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 73-09-06A ENG THRUST LOSS Alert
73-09-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
A 2 0 Yes
(o) [P]
One or both may be displayed for 300 flight hours or 20 consecutive calendar days,
whichever occurs first, provided that the ENG 1(2) XWIND PROT FAULT - ENG 1(2)
SLOW RESPONSE alert was not displayed during the previous flight.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 73-09-07A ENG XWIND PROT FAULT Alert
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-20 - Controlling
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
73-20-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
[P]
May be inoperative on one or both engines provided that derated takeoff mode or maximum
thrust is used for takeoff.
73-20-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
D 2 0 No
[P]
May be inoperative on one or both engines provided that flex takeoff mode or maximum
thrust is used for takeoff.
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-20 - Controlling
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
73-20-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) [P] [E] [L]
May be inoperative on one or both engines provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The rated N1 control mode is operative on both engines (There is no N1 DEGRADED
MODE message displayed on the EWD), and
3) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Note: When the EPR Control Mode is inoperative, the Autothrust is inoperative.
Refer to Item 22-30-01 Engine Autothrust (A/THR)
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 73-20-04A EPR Control Mode
73-20-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) [P] [E] [L]
May be inoperative on one or both engines provided that:
1) ETOPS is not conducted, and
2) The rated N1 control mode is operative on both engines (There is no N1 DEGRADED
MODE message displayed on the EWD), and
3) The Flight Manual performance penalties are applied.
Continued on the following page
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-20 - Controlling
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
73-20-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) [P]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the Flight Manual performance penalties are
applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 73-20-05A Minimum Idle on Ground
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-20 - Controlling
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-25 - Functional Interface (FADEC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
73-25-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) [P] [L]
One may be inoperative provided that appropriate performance adjustments are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 73-25-01A Engine Interface and Vibration Monitoring Unit (one EIVMU
inoperative)
(m) Refer to AMM
73-25-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) [P] [E]
One may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 73-25-03A EEC ACFT Channel A 115VAC Power Supply
MEL ITEMS
73 - ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL
73-25 - Functional Interface (FADEC)
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
73-25-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) [S]
One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 73-25-04A EEC ACFT Channel B 115VAC Power Supply
MEL ITEMS
74 - IGNITION
74-07 - Indication on the ENGINE SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
74-07-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 4 0 No
(m) One or more may be inoperative provided that the associated engine ignition system is
checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 74-31-00-040-807
MEL ITEMS
74 - IGNITION
74-07 - Indication on the ENGINE SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
74 - IGNITION
74-09 - ECAM Alert
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
74-09-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 6 3 No
(m) A maximum of three may be inoperative provided that the associated engine ignition system
is checked operative.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 74-31-00-040-808
MEL ITEMS
74 - IGNITION
74-09 - ECAM Alert
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
74 - IGNITION
74-11 - Ignition Power Supply
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
74-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) [P] [E]
One may be inoperative provided that ETOPS is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 74-11-01A Ignition Emergency Power Supply System
MEL ITEMS
74 - IGNITION
74-11 - Ignition Power Supply
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
74 - IGNITION
74-31 - Ignition Starting and Continuous Relight
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
74-31-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated engine ignition system B is
operative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 74-31-01B Ignition System A
74-31-02B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(o) One or both may be inoperative.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 74-31-02B Ignition System B
MEL ITEMS
74 - IGNITION
74-31 - Ignition Starting and Continuous Relight
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
77-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 77-07-01 - Indications on the CRUISE SD page
77-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 77-07-02-05 N1 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-01-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 77-07-02-07 N2 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-01-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 77-07-02-08 N3 Vibration Indication on the ENGINE SD page
MEL ITEMS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
77-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 77-07-01 - Indications on the CRUISE SD page
MEL ITEMS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
77-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 77-07-02 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 36-07-04 Engine Bleed Precooler Inlet Pressure Indication on the BLEED SD
page
77-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 73-07-02 Fuel Filter CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 73-07-01 Fuel Used Indication on the ENGINE SD page
MEL ITEMS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
77-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 77-07-02 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
77-07-02-05A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
77-07-02-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
77-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 77-07-02 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
77-07-02-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
One may be inoperative.
77-07-02-09A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 79-07-02-01 Oil Filter CLOG Indication on the ENGINE SD page
MEL ITEMS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
77-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 77-07-02 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-10A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 79-07-02-02 Oil Pressure and Advisory Indications on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-11A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 79-07-02-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-12A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 79-07-02-04 Oil Temperature Indication on the ENGINE SD page
MEL ITEMS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
77-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 77-07-02 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-13A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 74-07-01 Selected Igniter Indication on the ENGINE SD page
77-07-02-14A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 80-07-01 Start Valve Position Indication on the ENGINE SD page
MEL ITEMS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
77-07 - Indications on SD pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 77-07-02 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page
MEL ITEMS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
77-08 - Indications on the EWD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
77-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
77-08-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
[P]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the EPR control mode is considered
inoperative on both engines.
Refer to Item 73-20-04 EPR Control Mode
77-08-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 73-08-01 Fuel Flow Indication on the EWD
MEL ITEMS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
77-08 - Indications on the EWD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
77-08-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
77-08-06A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
77-08-07A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 78-08-01 REV Indication on the EWD
MEL ITEMS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
77-08 - Indications on the EWD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
77-08-08A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 73-20-01 Flex Takeoff Mode
and Refer to Item 73-20-02 Derated Takeoff Mode
MEL ITEMS
77 - ENGINE INDICATING
77-08 - Indications on the EWD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
78 - EXHAUST
78-08 - Indication on the EWD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
78-08-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
[P]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated thrust reverser is considered
inoperative.
Refer to Item 78-30-01 Thrust Reverser
MEL ITEMS
78 - EXHAUST
78-08 - Indication on the EWD
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
78 - EXHAUST
78-30 - Thrust Reverser
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
78-30-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
(o) (m) [P]
One or both may be inoperative provided that:
1) The inoperative thrust reverser is deactivated and secured in the stowed position, and
2) The ENG 1(2) REV INHIBITED alert is displayed on the EWD after deactivation, and
3) Appropriate performance adjustments are applied.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 78-30-01A Thrust Reverser (ENG REV INHIBITED displayed on the EWD
after deactivation)
(m) Refer to AMM 78-31-00-040-806
MEL ITEMS
78 - EXHAUST
78-30 - Thrust Reverser
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
79 - OIL
79-07 - Indications on SD Pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 79-07-01 - Indication on the CRUISE SD page
79-07-01-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– – – –
Refer to Item 79-07-02-03 Oil Quantity Indication on the ENGINE SD page
MEL ITEMS
79 - OIL
79-07 - Indications on SD Pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 79-07-01 - Indication on the CRUISE SD page
MEL ITEMS
79 - OIL
79-07 - Indications on SD Pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 79-07-02 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page
79-07-02-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
79-07-02-02A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
79-07-02-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) [S]
One may be inoperative provided that:
1) The oil quantity is checked before each flight, and
2) There is no evidence of abnormal oil consumption or leakage, and
3) There is no OIL LO PR SW/EEC failure message in the EIVMU ground report.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 79-31-00-040-804
MEL ITEMS
79 - OIL
79-07 - Indications on SD Pages
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 79-07-02 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page
79-07-02-04A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
– 2 2 No
Both must be operative.
MEL ITEMS
79 - OIL
79-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
79 - OIL
79-09 - ECAM Alerts
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
79-09-03A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
79 - OIL
79-21 - Lubrication System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
79-21-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(m) [P] [E]
One may be inoperative in the open position provided that ETOPS is not conducted.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 79-21-00-040-801
MEL ITEMS
79 - OIL
79-21 - Lubrication System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
80 - STARTING
80-01 - ENG MAN START Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
80-01-31A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
80 - STARTING
80-01 - ENG MAN START Overhead Panel
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
80 - STARTING
80-07 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
80-07-01B
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 No
(m) [S]
One or both may be inoperative provided that the associated start valve is checked closed
after the start of the affected engine.
Reference(s)
(m) Refer to AMM 80-11-00-040-806
MEL ITEMS
80 - STARTING
80-07 - Indications on the ENGINE SD page
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
80 - STARTING
80-11 - Pneumatic Starter and Valve System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
80-11-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 1 No
(o) (m) [S]
One may be inoperative provided that the affected start valve is manually closed after the
start of the affected engine.
Reference(s)
(o) Refer to OpsProc 80-11-01A Start Valve
(m) Refer to AMM 80-11-00-040-805
MEL ITEMS
80 - STARTING
80-11 - Pneumatic Starter and Valve System
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL ITEMS
80 - STARTING
80-12 - ENG MASTER Panel on the Center Pedestal
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
80-12-01A
Repair interval Nbr installed Nbr required Placard
C 2 0 Yes
One or both may be inoperative.
MEL ITEMS
80 - STARTING
80-12 - ENG MASTER Panel on the Center Pedestal
A330
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST
MEL OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED
MO-21-63 Cockpit, Cabin and Main Deck Cargo Compartment Temperature Control
21-63-02A Cockpit and Cabin Trim Air Valve......................................................................................................... A
21-63-03A Hot Air Valve..........................................................................................................................................B
Continued on the following page
MO-22-30 Autothrust
22-30-01B Engine Autothrust (A/THR)....................................................................................................................A
22-30-03A Autothrust Disengagement Warning......................................................................................................B
MO-23 Communications
MO-23-10 Speech Communication
23-10-01B HF System............................................................................................................................................. A
MO-23-40 Interphone
23-40-01A Ground External Horn............................................................................................................................A
23-40-03A Flight Crew to Ground Communication System.................................................................................... B
MO-23-73-03 DEU B
23-73-03-01A Cabin DEU B.................................................................................................................................... A
MO-23-73-06 Handset
23-73-06-02A Cabin Handset.................................................................................................................................. A
MO-25 Equipment/Furnishing
MO-25-11 Pilot Seats
25-11-05A Pilot Seat Shoulder Harness................................................................................................................. A
25-11-06A Pilot Seat Fifth Strap............................................................................................................................. B
MO-27-92 Electrical Flight Control System (EFCS) Control Inputs and Power Supply
27-92-02A Ground Spoiler Control System.............................................................................................................A
MO-28 Fuel
MO-28-07 Indications on SD Pages
MO-28-07-02 Fuel Quantity Indications on the FUEL SD Page
28-07-02-03A Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in degraded mode on the FUEL SD page .......................................A
28-07-02-05A Inner Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page.............................................................B
28-07-02-05A Inner Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page.............................................................C
28-07-02-06A Outer Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page............................................................D
28-07-02-07A Trim Tank Fuel Quantity Indication on the FUEL SD page..............................................................E
MO-32-51 Steering
32-51-02A Rudder PEDALS DISC pb.....................................................................................................................A
32-51-03A NWS Electrical Deactivation Box (towing mode is not available when the lever is in the TOWING
position)....................................................................................................................................................................B
32-51-03B NWS Electrical Deactivation Box (NWS electrical deactivation box deactivated)................................. C
32-51-04A PARKING BRAKE light on NWS electrical deactivation box.................................................................D
MO-33 Lights
MO-33-20 Cabin, CRC Signs
33-20-02A Lavatory Sign (Return to Seat)..............................................................................................................A
MO-34 Navigation
MO-34-01 ADIRS Overhead Panel
34-01-31A ADR pb-sw ........................................................................................................................................... A
34-01-32A IR pb-sw ............................................................................................................................................... B
MO-35 Oxygen
MO-35-07 Indications on the DOOR/OXY SD page
35-07-02A Crew Oxygen REGUL LO PR Indication on the DOOR/OXY SD page.................................................A
35-07-50A Crew OXY - Minimum Dispatch Pressure............................................................................................. B
MO-36 Pneumatic
MO-36-07 Indications on the BLEED SD page
36-07-01A APU Bleed Valve indication on the BLEED SD page........................................................................... A
MO-52 Doors
MO-52-01 Overhead Panels
MO-52-01-01 CKPT DOOR CONT Normal Panel
52-01-01-01A CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel.................................................... A
MO-56 Windows
MO-56-10 Cockpit
56-10-01A(B) Front Windshield............................................................................................................................... A
MO-73-20 Controlling
73-20-04A EPR Control Mode.................................................................................................................................A
73-20-05A Minimum Idle on Ground....................................................................................................................... B
MO-74 Ignition
MO-74-11 Ignition Power Supply
74-11-01A Ignition Emergency Power Supply System........................................................................................... A
MO-78 Exhaust
MO-78-30 Thrust Reverser
78-30-01A Thrust Reverser..................................................................................................................................... A
Continued on the following page
MO-80 Starting
MO-80-11 Pneumatic Starter and Valve System
80-11-01A Start Valve............................................................................................................................................. A
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel consumption is increased due to high flow selection of air conditioning packs.
Refer to FCOM/PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-10 INTRODUCTION.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
PACK FLOW selector..................................................................................................................... HI
ON GROUND
When one or both recirculation valves are inoperative in the open position,
and
When one or both air conditioning packs are OFF:
The VENT BLOWING FAULT alert can be displayed on the EWD due to lower airflow to the
avionics compartment.
If the VENT BLOWING FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:
Follow the ECAM procedure.
AFTER TAKEOFF
When the VENT BLOWING FAULT alert disappears on the EWD:
PACK FLOW selector..........................................................................................AS REQUIRED
COCKPIT Temperature selector......................................................................... AS REQUIRED
CABIN Temperature selector.............................................................................. AS REQUIRED
ON GROUND
On the COND SD page, the cabin zone temperature indications are displayed XX. The cabin
temperature regulation is degraded.
IN FLIGHT
If the VCC pb is OFF following the application of the COND LAV+GAL VENT FAULT
ECAM alert:
The VCC pb can be switched back On.
Note: To recover the IFE , reset the PAX SYS pb .
ON GROUND
If the VENT PACK BAY VENT FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:
Apply the ECAM procedure.
AT SLATS RETRACTION
If the VENT PACK BAY VENT FAULT alert was displayed on the EWD on ground:
Turn on the air conditioning pack that was set to OFF in accordance with the above ECAM
procedure.
ON GROUND
If the VENT PACK BAY VENT FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:
Apply the ECAM procedure.
AT SLATS RETRACTION
If the VENT PACK BAY VENT FAULT alert was displayed on the EWD on ground:
Turn on the air conditioning pack that was set to OFF in accordance with the above ECAM
procedure.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
EXTRACT pb-sw ..................................................................................................................... OVRD
On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the overboard EXTRACT valve is displayed partially
open. (green)
ON GROUND
If the extract fan is seized, the external ground horn may sound.
21-26-01B
Avionics Extract Fan (One pack inoperative)
21-26-01C
Ident.: MO-21-26-00010318.0001001 / 01 MAR 13
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION
EXTRACT pb-sw ..................................................................................................................... OVRD
On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the overboard EXTRACT valve is displayed partially
open. (green)
ON GROUND
If the extract fan is seized, the external ground horn may sound.
ON GROUND
Shortly before engine start,
or
If the overboard extract valve failure occurs at engine start:
EXTRACT pb-sw .............................................................................................................. OVRD
On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the overboard EXTRACT valve is displayed partially
open. (green)
If the overboard EXTRACT valve is not displayed partially open on the CAB PRESS
SD page:
Contact the maintenance personnel to manually set the overboard extract valve in the
partially open position.
The associated (m) procedure deactivates the main flap of the overboard extract valve
in the closed position and the auxiliary flap of the overboard extract valve in the open
position.
21-26-02B
Avionics Overboard Extract Valve (One pack also inoperative)
21-26-02C
Ident.: MO-21-26-00010319.0001001 / 01 MAR 13
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND
Shortly before engine start,
or
If the overboard extract valve failure occurs at engine start:
EXTRACT pb-sw .............................................................................................................. OVRD
On the CAB PRESS SD page, check that the overboard EXTRACT valve is displayed partially
open. (green)
If the overboard EXTRACT valve is not displayed partially open on the CAB PRESS
SD page:
Contact the maintenance personnel to manually set the overboard extract valve in the
partially open position.
The associated (m) procedure deactivates the main flap of the overboard extract valve
in the closed position and the auxiliary flap of the overboard extract valve in the open
position.
NORMAL DESCENT FOR APPROACH
A slow aircraft descent rate (-1 000 ft/min) is recommended.
This recommended slow descent rate prevents from a negative differential pressure condition at
final approach.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The ventilation and the temperature control in the BULK LDCC are not available.
Ensure that the BULK LDCC does not contain materials sensitive to important temperature
variations or sensitive to the lack of ventilation.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Disregard the AIR OVHT COND FANS RESET FAULT light.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The ventilation and the temperature control in the BULK LDCC are not available.
Ensure that the BULK LDCC does not contain materials sensitive to important temperature
variations or sensitive to the lack of ventilation.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
BULK ISOL VALVES pb-sw .......................................................................................................OFF
Check that the associated BULK ISOL VALVES pb-sw FAULT light is off.
If the BULK ISOL VALVES pb-sw FAULT light is on:
Contact the maintenance personnel to manually secure the affected isolation valve in the
closed position by use of the associated (m) procedure.
21-43-02A BULK Lower Deck Cargo Heating System (heating set to OFF)
Ident.: MO-21-43-00007858.0001001 / 20 MAR 15
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The heating system in the BULK Cargo Compartment is not available.
Ensure that the BULK Cargo Compartment does not contain materials sensitive to important
temperature variations.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
BULK HOT AIR pb-sw.................................................................................................................OFF
On the COND SD page, check that the fan heater arrow indicates C (Cold).
If the fan heater arrow does not indicate C on the COND SD page:
Contact the maintenance personnel to deactivate the fan heater of the BULK Cargo
Compartment by use of the (m) procedure of item 21-43-02B.
Refer to Item 21-43-02B BULK Lower Deck Cargo Heating System
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The heating system of the BULK Cargo Compartment is not available.
Ensure that the BULK Cargo Compartment does not contain materials sensitive to important
temperature variations.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
BULK HOT AIR pb-sw ............................................................................................................... OFF
21-52-01A
Air Conditioning Pack (one air conditioning pack inoperative)
21-52-01C
Ident.: MO-21-52-00007861.0001001 / 01 NOV 13
Applicable to: ALL
IN FLIGHT
In the event of pressurization loss:
Perform as soon as possible a rapid descent to FL 100 (3 050 m), at idle thrust, with
speedbrakes fully extended (If operative).
Maintain the rapid descent (If possible) until the differential pressure becomes negative.
Do not maintain a negative differential pressure.
If the flight altitude must be maintained at a flight level higher than FL 100 (3 050 m):
Consider the oxygen quantity remaining and the time to destination to decide either to
continue the flight or to divert.
NORMAL DESCENT FOR APPROACH
In the event of pressurization loss:
A slow aircraft descent rate (-1 000 ft/min) is recommended.
This recommended slow descent rate prevents from a negative differential pressure condition
at final approach.
ON GROUND
PACK 1(2) pb-sw in BY-PASS MODE........................................................................................ OFF
IN FLIGHT
When the TAT is equal to or less than 12 °C:
PACK 1(2) pb-sw in BY-PASS MODE....................................................................................On
If the non affected air conditioning pack fails:
Maximum flight altitude............................................................................... 35 400 ft (10 800 m)
Continued on the following page
21-53-03A
Pack Temperature Control Valve
21-53-03B
Ident.: MO-21-53-00012555.0001001 / 17 SEP 10
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND
If the AIR PACK 1(2) OVHT alert is displayed on the EWD:
PACK 1(2) pb-sw.................................................................................................................. OFF
AFTER TAKEOFF
Turn on the air conditioning pack that was set to OFF on ground.
21-53-04A
Air Conditioning Ram Air Inlet/Outlet Flap (Door)
21-53-04B
Ident.: MO-21-53-00007864.0001001 / 15 JUN 16
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Take into account the following fuel consumption increase:
Number of Pack Ram Air Inlet/Outlet Flap inoperative 1 2 3 4
Fuel consumption increase (%) 0.37 0.75 1.12 1.50
1
IN FLIGHT
If an overheat occurs on the affected air conditioning pack:
PACK FLOW selector..............................................................................................................LO
If the overheat persists:
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-21-AIR PACK 1(2) OVHT.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
AFTER ENGINE START
Press and hold either autothrust instinctive disconnect pb for at least 15 seconds.
The A/THR system is continuously disconnected for the entire flight.
IN FLIGHT
All A/THR functions including ALPHA FLOOR protection are lost.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one FMA is affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
When both FMAs are affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
22-10-01A
22-10-01B Autopilot (AP)
22-10-01C
Ident.: MO-22-10-00007868.0001001 / 20 MAR 15
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one AP is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
When both APs are inoperative:
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
BEFORE APPROACH
If the AP is used for approach:
The operative AP disconnect pb must be assigned to the PF.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When both AUTO LAND lights are inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
RVSM operations are not permitted.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2 without autoland.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
IN FLIGHT
The ALPHA FLOOR protection is lost.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
AFTER ENGINE START
Press and hold either autothrust instinctive disconnect pb for at least 15 seconds.
The A/THR system is continuously disconnected for the entire flight.
IN FLIGHT
All A/THR functions including ALPHA FLOOR protection are lost.
22-70-01A
Flight Management System (FMS)
22-70-01B
Ident.: MO-22-70-00007878.0001001 / 16 FEB 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION
1. IOC/Navigation Services verify the intended return Flight Plan is not subject to changes
incorporated in the new Navigation Database cycle.
2. Approved current Aeronautical Charts and NOTAMs are used to verify all Flight Plan Waypoints
and navigation fixes against the FM loaded route prior to dispatch.
3. Verify approach navigation radios are properly tuned and identified.
Continued on the following page
22-82-01A
22-82-01B MCDU (one inoperative)
22-82-01C
Ident.: MO-22-82-00009739.0001001 / 16 FEB 10
Applicable to: ALL
22-82-01D
MCDU (two inoperative)
22-82-01E
Ident.: MO-22-82-00007879.0008001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: B-HLM, B-HLN, B-HLO, B-HLP, B-HLQ, B-HLR, B-HLS, B-HLT, B-HLU, B-HLV, B-HLW, B-LAC, B-LAD, B-LAE, B-LAF,
B-LAG, B-LAH, B-LAI, B-LAJ, B-LAK, B-LAL, B-LAM, B-LAN, B-LAO, B-LAP, B-LAQ, B-LAR, B-LAX, B-LAZ, B-LBA, B-LBB, B-LBC,
B-LBE, B-LBF, B-LBG, B-LBH, B-LBI, B-LBJ, B-LBK
22-83-01A
Flight Management Guidance and Envelope Computer (FMGEC)
22-83-01B
Ident.: MO-22-83-00007880.0001001 / 15 DEC 11
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If the ADS-B is required for the intended flight:
When the FMGEC 1 is inoperative:
ATC selector .......................................................................................................................2
When the FMGEC 2 is inoperative:
ATC selector .......................................................................................................................1
23-10-01B HF System
Ident.: MO-23-10-18703204.9001001 / 15 SEP 12
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Before departure the flight crew and ISM must agree and use alternative normal and emergency
methods for communicating between the Flight Deck and the Cabin (use the interphone system)
and within the cabin.
Communication with cabin crew in the crew rest compartments should also be discussed.
ON GROUND
The ventilation of the following systems must be monitored in the cockpit:
When at least one air conditioning pack is operating:
Check the absence of ECAM alerts related to the ventilation of the pack bay.
When the aircraft electrical network is supplied:
Check the absence of ECAM alerts related to the ventilation of the avionics compartment.
Coordinate with the ground engineers to establish an alternate method of contacting them.
BEFORE LEAVING THE AIRCRAFT
Set the three IR Mode selectors to OFF.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
1. Refer to OM-Part A 8.3.13.26 for loss of communications hand signals.
2. The flight crew and ground crew must discuss together prior to departure the use of the hand
signals and procedures that will be used during the pushback/engine start, including the
procedures that will be used to request an emergency stop.
IN-FLIGHT
At least two people must be present in the flight deck at all times during the flight.
The flight deck crew are to use the cabin interphone and cockpit door spyhole for visual and aural
identification prior to allowing access to the flight deck.
GENERAL INFORMATION
On the affected cabin area:
‐ The general cabin illumination is set to full brightness,
‐ Passenger call is not available,
‐ The (No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt) Signs are not available.
IN FLIGHT
When return to seat is requested,
or
When seat belts should be fastened,
or
When smoking is prohibited:
Use the passenger address system to alert the cabin attendants and passengers.
GENERAL INFORMATION
On the affected cabin area:
‐ The general cabin illumination is set to full brightness,
‐ Passenger call is not available,
‐ The (No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt) Signs are continuously on for the whole flight.
IN FLIGHT
When return to seat is requested,
or
When seat belts should be fastened,
or
When smoking is prohibited:
Use the passenger address system to alert the cabin attendants and passengers.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Establish with the ISM alternate normal and emergency procedures for the use of the one handset
per pair of floor level exit doors and agree the handsets to be used by required crew members.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Establish with the ISM before departure normal and emergency procedures to alert the passenger
in the affected lavatory (as required).
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Establish with the ISM alternate normal and emergency procedures for the use of one handset per
pair of floor level exit doors and define the handsets to be used by required crew members.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The cabin lighting may be dimmed through the AAP (if operative).
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The flight deck crew and cabin crew are to use the cabin interphone system to identify when the
cabin is ready for take-off or landing.
BEFORE PUSHBACK
Confirm the external power disconnection either on the ELEC AC SD page or with the ground
crew.
BEFORE PUSHBACK
Confirm the external power disconnection either on the ELEC AC SD page or with the ground
crew.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The APU and the AC auxiliary generation are required to be used throughout the flight. Extra fuel
required for the APU use:
Refer to FCOM/PER-FPL-GEN-MFR MINIMUM RECOMMENDED FUEL REQUIREMENTS (65
kg/ h at FL 300, 55 kg/ h at FL 410 - APU GEN only).
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL SYS FAULT alert associated with the IDG of the operative AC
main generation is not displayed on the EWD.
Check that the FUEL APU AFT PUMP FAULT alert is not displayed on the EWD.
BEFORE ENGINE START
If the IDG 1(2) associated with the inoperative AC main generation 1(2) has been
disconnected:
Check that the IDG 1(2) pb-sw OFF light is illuminated, and that the DISC message is
displayed on the ELEC AC SD page.
CAUTION For economical reason, the IDG should not be continuously operated for more
than 50 flights hours in the disconnected mode.
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
‐ EMER GEN pb-sw.............................................................................................................. On
‐ ECAM/ND SWITCHING selector....................................................................................... F/O
IN FLIGHT
In the case of failure of the AC BUS 1:
‐ EMER GEN pb-sw.............................................................................................................. On
‐ ECAM/ND SWITCHING selector....................................................................................... F/O
IN FLIGHT
If the SMOKE AVNCS VENT SMOKE alert is displayed on the EWD:
Apply the ECAM procedure by replacing the step GALLEY..............OFF, by the two following
steps:
‐ EMER EXIT LT selector................................................................................. AS REQUIRED
‐ COMMERCIAL pb-sw.......................................................................................................OFF
Setting the COMMERCIAL pb-sw to OFF turns off the normal cabin lighting.
Setting the EMER EXIT LT selector to ON allows recovering of a minimum cabin lighting.
ON GROUND
The APU can only be started with the APU battery.
If the APU is needed:
BAT sw..................................................................................................................................APU
On the battery voltage indicator, check that the APU battery voltage is equal or above 25.5 V.
If the APU voltage is less than 25.5 V:
The APU battery must be charged, or
The APU is considered inoperative. Refer to Item 49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
If the APU voltage is equal to or above 25.5 V:
APU MASTER SW pb-sw.............................................................................AS REQUIRED
Note: In the case of cold temperature, it might be not possible to start the APU with
the APU battery. In that case, the APU is considered inoperative. Refer to Item
49-10-01 Power Plant (APU)
IN FLIGHT
It is not possible to start the APU with the APU battery.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
The takeoff briefing should include the status of the affected seat and the position to be adopted
by the F/O in the case of RTO.
To cope with any potential RTO:
The F/O must tightly fasten operative harness strap.
IN FLIGHT
For any phase of flight in turbulence atmosphere:
The F/O must fasten the belts accordingly.
BEFORE LANDING
The landing briefing should include the status of the affected seat and the position to be adopted
by the F/O in the case of high deceleration at landing.
To cope with any potential high deceleration at landing:
The F/O must tightly fasten operative harness straps.
IN FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The crewmember of the affected seat must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
The takeoff briefing should include the status of the third occupant seat and the position to be
adopted by the third occupant in the case of RTO.
To cope with any potential RTO:
The third occupant must tightly fasten operative harness strap.
IN FLIGHT
For any phase of flight in turbulence atmosphere:
The third occupant must fasten the belts accordingly.
BEFORE LANDING
The landing briefing should include the status of the third occupant seat and the position to be
adopted by the third occupant in the case of high deceleration at landing.
To cope with any potential high deceleration at landing:
The third occupant must tightly fasten operative harness straps.
IN FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The third occupant must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
The takeoff briefing should include the status of the fourth occupant seat and the position to be
adopted by the fourth occupant in the case of RTO.
To cope with any potential RTO:
Continued on the following page
IN FLIGHT
To cope with any potential turbulence situation:
The fourth occupant must tightly fasten the operative harness straps.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Cabin crew must be seated in accordance with the following tables. This seating allows the crew
to perform their emergency duties and complies with the requirement for a cabin attendant to
maintain direct and unimpaired view of the affected passenger zone during take-off and landing.
Note: Coordination with the Ramp Coordinator may be required to establish correct
configuration.
A330-300 3 Class 39J/21W/191Y(A33K)
A330-300 2 Class 39J/262Y (A33E)
Inoperative C/A seat Alternate seat location
L1 outbd
11A
L1 inbd
R1 11K
L2 18A
R2 18K
L3 59A
R3 59K
L4 outbd
75C
L4 inbd
R4 outbd
74H
R4 inbd
25-25-50B Video/PTV/IFE
Ident.: MO-25-25-18703205.9001001 / 15 SEP 12
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Ensure that the ISM is briefed on the inoperative IFE system and the requirement to perform a
manual safety briefing.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Brief the ISM to ensure that sufficient galley waste containers are available to accommodate all
waste that may be generated on a flight.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Brief the ISM to ensure that cabin crew are aware that the associated toilet waste compartment
and lavatory is not useable (except for crew use).
25-40-50A Lavatory
Ident.: MO-25-40-18700949.9001001 / 15 JUN 16
Applicable to: ALL
1
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Guidance on recommended minimum toilet/passenger ratio for dispatch (from the Service
Recovery and Contingency Guide):
Recommended minimum toilet/Passenger ratio
J PEY/Y
1:60
When the number of toilets exceeds the recommended ratio, the IOC, Commander and ISM are
to discuss and agree options on a case by case basis (e,g offload pax, tech stop, diversion or
continued operation based on sector length).
GENERAL INFORMATION
If necessary, the emergency evacuations signal will be made using the passenger address system
or the cabin interphone system.
26-01-04-31A
IFEC pb-sw
26-01-04-31B
Ident.: MO-26-01-04-00016063.0001001 / 11 FEB 15
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Ensure that the ISM is briefed on the inoperative IFE system and the requirement to perform a
manual safety briefing.
26-01-04-33A
PAX SYS pb-sw
26-01-04-33B
Ident.: MO-26-01-04-00016064.0001001 / 11 FEB 15
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Ensure that the ISM is briefed on the inoperative IFE system and the requirement to perform a
manual safety briefing.
26-01-04-34A
VCC pb-sw
26-01-04-34B
Ident.: MO-26-01-04-00016072.0001001 / 11 FEB 15
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Ensure that the ISM is briefed on the inoperative IFE system and the requirement to perform a
manual safety briefing.
26-12-01A
Engine Fire Detection Loop
26-12-02A
Ident.: MO-26-12-00015373.0003001 / 20 OCT 14
Applicable to: ALL
COCKPIT PREPARATION
The engine fire test is made before each flight.
26-13-01B
APU Fire Detection Loop on Ground
26-13-01C
Ident.: MO-26-13-00015416.0001001 / 20 OCT 14
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND
The APU fire test is made before each APU start.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
The ISM is briefed to ensure that a procedure is established using designated cabin crew to check
the associated lavatory for smoke every 15 minutes.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
The ISM is briefed to ensure that a procedure is established using designated cabin crew to check
the associated lavatory periodically.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
The ISM is briefed to ensure that a procedure is established using designated cabin crew to check
the Video Control Centre for smoke every 30 minutes (as detailed in the Cabin Crew Procedures
Manual).
CAUTION If passengers report anomalies like video/audio distribution problems:
The VCC must be checked immediately to ensure that no smoke exists.
If smell of burning or smoke is suspected:
The VCC must be set to off.
Clear the F/CTL RUD G(Y)(B) SERVO JAM alerts displayed on the EWD that were confirmed as
false.
AFTER LANDING
Disregard the F/CTL RUD G(Y)(B) SERVO JAM alerts, that were confirmed as false before
dispatch, and that will be displayed again on the EWD.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
AFTER ENGINE START
Check that the remaining rudder trim system is operative:
Check of the rudder trim system on the left side:
‐ RUD TRIM selector ......................................................................................................... NOSE L
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that the rudder trim position indication moves to +25 °, or
‐ On the RUD TRIM panel, check that the rudder trim position indicator indicates L 25.0 ± 0.8
Check of the rudder trim system on the right side:
‐ RUD TRIM selector .........................................................................................................NOSE R
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that the rudder trim position indication moves to -25 °, or
‐ On the RUD TRIM panel, check that the rudder trim position indicator indicates R 25.0 ± 0.8
Check of the rudder trim system on the neutral position:
‐ RESET pb on the RUD TRIM panel .................................................................................... Push
‐ On the F/CTL SD page, check that the rudder trim position indication moves to neutral position,
or
‐ On the RUD TRIM panel, check that the rudder trim position indicator indicates 0.0 ± 0.6
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
27-40-02A
Stabilizer Actuator Electric Motor
27-40-02B
Ident.: MO-27-40-00008053.0001001 / 15 JUL 13
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the stabilizer actuator electric motor associated with PRIM 1 is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
AFTER ENGINE START
If the F/CTL PRIM 1(2)(3) PITCH FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD:
Disregard this alert.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 27-64-01A
LANDING PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS LANDING MEL CODE: 27-64-01A
OR
Multiply the landing distance by 1.02.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 27-64-01B
LANDING PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS LANDING MEL CODE: 27-64-01B
OR
Multiply the landing distance by 1.10.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 27-92-02A
LANDING PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS LANDING MEL CODE: 27-92-02A
OR
Multiply the landing distance by 1.2.
27-93-01A PRIM 1
Ident.: MO-27-93-00008060.0008001 / 28 MAR 16
Applicable to: B-HLD, B-HLF, B-HLH, B-HLM, B-HLN, B-HLO, B-HLP, B-HLQ, B-HLR, B-HLS, B-HLT, B-HLU, B-HLV, B-HLW
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The pair of spoilers 5 are not available.
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 27-93-01A
LANDING PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS LANDING MEL CODE: 27-93-01A
OR
Multiply the landing distance by 1.02.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the PRIM 1 pb-sw is set to OFF.
CAUTION DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SET AGAIN THE PRIM 1 pb-sw to On DURING THE
FLIGHT.
THE PRIM 1 pb-sw MUST REMAIN SET TO OFF FOR THE WHOLE FLIGHT.
On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated computer number PRIM 1 and box are
displayed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the pair of spoilers 5 are displayed amber.
The F/CTL PRIM 1 FAULT alert will be displayed on the EWD 30 s after first engine start.
AFTER ENGINE START
The F/CTL PRIM 1 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD 30 s after first engine start.
Check that the side stick priority function is operative on the CAPT side:
‐ CAPT SIDE STICK PRIORITY take over pb....................................... for a few seconds pressed
‐ Check that the SIDE STICK PRIORITY arrow red light comes on on the F/O glareshield.
‐ Check that the audio voice "PRIORITY LEFT" sounds.
Check that the side stick priority function is operative on the F/O side:
‐ F/O SIDE STICK PRIORITY take over pb...........................................for a few seconds pressed
‐ Check that the SIDE STICK PRIORITY arrow red light comes on on the CAPT glareshield.
‐ Check that the audio voice "PRIORITY RIGHT" sounds.
Continued on the following page
27-93-01A PRIM 1
Ident.: MO-27-93-00008060.0011001 / 28 MAR 16
Applicable to: B-LAC, B-LAD, B-LAE, B-LAF, B-LAG, B-LAH, B-LAI, B-LAJ, B-LAK, B-LAL, B-LAM, B-LAN, B-LAO, B-LAP, B-LAQ,
B-LAR, B-LAX, B-LAZ, B-LBA, B-LBB, B-LBC, B-LBE, B-LBF, B-LBG, B-LBH, B-LBI, B-LBJ, B-LBK
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The pair of spoilers 5 are not available.
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 27-93-01A
LANDING PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS LANDING MEL CODE: 27-93-01A
OR
Multiply the landing distance by 1.02.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the PRIM 1 pb-sw is set to OFF.
CAUTION DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SET AGAIN THE PRIM 1 pb-sw to On DURING THE
FLIGHT.
THE PRIM 1 pb-sw MUST REMAIN SET TO OFF FOR THE WHOLE FLIGHT.
On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated computer number PRIM 1 and box are
displayed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the pair of spoilers 5 are displayed amber.
The F/CTL PRIM 1 FAULT alert will be displayed on the EWD 30 s after first engine start.
Continued on the following page
27-93-03A PRIM 3
Ident.: MO-27-93-00008061.0001001 / 20 JUL 14
Applicable to: B-HLD, B-HLF, B-HLH, B-HLM, B-HLN, B-HLO, B-HLP, B-HLQ, B-HLR, B-HLS, B-HLT, B-HLU, B-HLV, B-HLW
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The two pair of spoilers 1 and 2 are not available.
Continued on the following page
On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated computer number PRIM 3 and box are
displayed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the two pair of spoilers 1 and 2 are displayed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the G symbol of the right outboard aileron is partially boxed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the Y symbol of the left outboard aileron is partially boxed amber.
The F/CTL PRIM 3 FAULT alert will be displayed on the EWD 30 s after first engine start.
AFTER ENGINE START
The F/CTL PRIM 3 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD 30 s after first engine start.
27-93-03A PRIM 3
Ident.: MO-27-93-00008061.0006001 / 20 JUL 14
Applicable to: B-LAC, B-LAD, B-LAE, B-LAF, B-LAG, B-LAH, B-LAI, B-LAJ, B-LAK, B-LAL, B-LAM, B-LAN, B-LAO, B-LAP, B-LAQ,
B-LAR, B-LAX, B-LAZ, B-LBA, B-LBB, B-LBC, B-LBE, B-LBF, B-LBG, B-LBH, B-LBI, B-LBJ, B-LBK
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The two pair of spoilers 1 and 2 are not available.
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 27-93-03A
Continued on the following page
On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated computer number PRIM 3 and box are
displayed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the two pair of spoilers 1 and 2 are displayed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the G symbol of the right outboard aileron is partially boxed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the Y symbol of the left outboard aileron is partially boxed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the Y symbol of the rudder is partially boxed amber.
The F/CTL PRIM 3 FAULT alert will be displayed on the EWD 30 s after first engine start.
Check that the blue electric pump is operative:
‐ BLUE ELEC pump ON pb-sw.................................................................................................. ON
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the pressure in the Blue hydraulic system is between 2800
and 3200 PSI.
‐ BLUE ELEC pump ON pb-sw...............................................................................................STBY
‐ On the HYD SD page, check that the pressure in the Blue hydraulic system decreases to 0 PSI.
AFTER ENGINE START
The F/CTL PRIM 3 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD 30 s after first engine start.
27-94-01A SEC 1
Ident.: MO-27-94-00008063.0003001 / 15 SEP 15
Applicable to: B-HLD, B-HLF, B-HLH, B-HLM, B-HLN, B-HLO, B-HLP, B-HLQ, B-HLR, B-HLS, B-HLT, B-HLU, B-HLV, B-HLW
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The pair of spoilers 6 are not available.
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 27-94-01A
LANDING PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS LANDING MEL CODE: 27-94-01A
OR
Multiply the landing distance by 1.02.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the SEC 1 pb-sw is set to OFF.
CAUTION DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SET AGAIN THE SEC 1 pb-sw to On DURING THE
FLIGHT.
THE SEC 1 pb-sw MUST REMAIN SET TO OFF FOR THE WHOLE FLIGHT.
On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated computer number SEC 1 and box are displayed
amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the pair of spoilers 6 are displayed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the G symbol of the left outboard aileron is partially boxed amber.
The F/CTL SEC 1 FAULT alert will be displayed on the EWD 30 s after first engine start.
AFTER ENGINE START
The F/CTL SEC 1 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD 30 s after first engine start.
Associated with this alert, both INOP SYS RUD TRIM 1 and RUD TRV LIM 1 are displayed.
27-94-01A SEC 1
Ident.: MO-27-94-00008063.0004001 / 15 SEP 15
Applicable to: B-LAC, B-LAD, B-LAE, B-LAF, B-LAG, B-LAH, B-LAI, B-LAJ, B-LAK, B-LAL, B-LAM, B-LAN, B-LAO, B-LAP, B-LAQ,
B-LAR, B-LAX, B-LAZ, B-LBA, B-LBB, B-LBC, B-LBE, B-LBF, B-LBG, B-LBH, B-LBI, B-LBJ, B-LBK
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The pair of spoilers 6 are not available.
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 27-94-01A
LANDING PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS LANDING MEL CODE: 27-94-01A
OR
Multiply the landing distance by 1.02.
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Check that the SEC 1 pb-sw is set to OFF.
CAUTION DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SET AGAIN THE SEC 1 pb-sw to On DURING THE
FLIGHT.
THE SEC 1 pb-sw MUST REMAIN SET TO OFF FOR THE WHOLE FLIGHT.
On the F/CTL SD page, check that the associated computer number SEC 1 and box are displayed
amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the pair of spoilers 6 are displayed amber.
On the F/CTL SD page, the G symbol of the left outboard aileron is partially boxed amber.
The F/CTL SEC 1 FAULT alert will be displayed on the EWD 30 s after first engine start.
AFTER ENGINE START
The F/CTL SEC 1 FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD 30 s after first engine start.
Associated to this alert, RUD TRIM 1 INOP SYS is displayed.
28-07-02-03A Fuel Quantity Indication (FQI) in degraded mode on the FUEL SD page
Ident.: MO-28-07-02-00008118.0006001 / 15 JUN 15
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the FOB indication is displayed with a dash across the two last digits on the EWD, the FQI
is in degraded mode and the FUEL SD page must be called to know which tank is affected.
The resulting loss of accuracy must be taken into account by using the two following parameters:
‐ Fq: The extra fuel quantity to be loaded.
‐ W: The weight to be added to the total fuel weight for TOW calculation only.
Note: If there is a reversion to the degraded mode after refueling completion, there is no need
to consider adding extra fuel (Fq) and extra weight (W).
Preselect the fuel quantity required for the mission: Fm
When the refuel stops:
On the FUEL SD page, read the degraded FQI value for the affected tank.
Enter in the table for the FQI Range corresponding to the degraded FQI value read for the
affected tank and determine Fq and W values.
The refuel must be started again with the new preselected quantity which corresponds to the
total FOB = Fm + Fq
If all tanks reach high level before having loaded the complete Fq value:
This shows that all tanks are volumetrically full but the necessary fuel mass for the mission
is not guaranteed since the fuel quantity indication varies with fuel density.
Therefore the mission or the aircraft load must be amended to match the minimum fuel
quantity known to be onboard.
When the refuel stops again:
The FOB value to be considered for TOW calculation is: FOB = Fm + Fq + W
If all tanks reach high level before having loaded Fq value:
‐ The extra fuel quantity known to be onboard is: Fq* with Fq* < Fq, and
‐ The FOB value to be considered for TOW calculation is: FOB = Fm + Fq* + W
If the resulting TOW is higher than the MTOW:
The aircraft load must be reduced.
Continued on the following page
The new preselected quantity which corresponds to the total FOB is:
Fm + Fq = 73 500 kg + 557 kg = 74 057 kg
The FOB value to be considered for TOW calculation is then:
FOB = (Fm + Fq) + W = 74 057 kg + 1 095 kg = 75 152 kg
Note: At airline convenience, it is permitted to round up Fq and W values given in the tables, as
well as above calculated results, to next 10, 50, or 100 kg.
LOSS OF ACCURACY DUE TO THE FUEL QUANTITY INDICATION IN DEGRADED MODE
OUTER TANK
(Values in kg)
FQI Range (kg) Fq (kg) W (kg)
0 → 2 000 91 107
2 000 → 3 300 114 142
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in both outer tanks should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
IN THE COCKPIT
On the Permanent Data of the SD, the FOB, GW and GWCG indications are replaced by two
amber crosses.
The FUEL T TANK XFR FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
As long as the fuel quantity of the operative inner tank is above 4 000 kg:
Disregard the FUEL OUTR TO INR FAULT alert displayed on the EWD and the associated
procedure.
AFTER TAKEOFF
The GW and GWCG are computed by the FE and are available on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
Compute the FOB using the FOB at the departure airport and the F. USED as follows:
FOB = FOB at departure − F. USED.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel quantity cannot be measured by manual magnetic indicators between approximately
12 000 kg and 26 000 kg in the affected inner tank, depending on fuel density. In such case, the
inner tanks must be refuelled until it is possible to measure the quantity at MMI4, about 26 000 kg.
The fuel in both outer tanks should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
IN THE COCKPIT
On the Permanent Data of the SD, the FOB, GW and GWCG indications are replaced by two
amber crosses.
The FUEL T TANK XFR FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
As long as the fuel quantity of the operative inner tank is above 4 000 kg:
Disregard the FUEL OUTR TO INR FAULT alert displayed on the EWD and the associated
procedure.
AFTER TAKEOFF
The GW and GWCG are computed by the FE and are available on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
Compute the FOB using the FOB at the departure airport and the F. USED as follows:
FOB = FOB at departure − F. USED.
The GW can then be computed using the ZFW and the FOB.
For the determination of F and S, Refer to QRH/PER-A Operating Speeds.
For the determination of Green Dot, Refer to QRH/PER-A Green Dot Speed.
For the determination of VAPP, Refer to QRH/PER-A VLS and Refer to QRH/PER-C VAPP
Determination without Failure.
IN FLIGHT
At the beginning of the cruise phase, when the positive pitch angle is less than 3 °:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw.........................................................................................................FWD
If the FUEL ABNORM MAN FWD XFR alert is displayed on the EWD:
Disregard this alert.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
IN THE COCKPIT
On the Permanent Data of the SD, the FOB, GW and GWCG indications are replaced by two
amber crosses.
The FUEL T TANK XFR FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
AFTER TAKEOFF
The GW and GWCG are computed by the FE and are available on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
Compute the FOB using the FOB at the departure airport and the F. USED as follows:
FOB = FOB at departure − F. USED.
The GW can then be computed using the ZFW and the FOB.
For the determination of F and S, Refer to QRH/PER-A Operating Speeds.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
Ensure that the Ground Traffic staff are aware of the abnormal fuel load and provide a fuel index
obtained using the computerized abnormal fuel load index tables. Alternatively, an abnormal fuel
load index may be obtained from HKG via ACARS.
IN THE COCKPIT
On the Permanent Data of the SD, the FOB, GW and GWCG indications are replaced by two
amber crosses.
The FUEL T TANK XFR FAULT alert is displayed on the EWD.
T. TANK FEED sw..................................................................................................................... ISOL
AFTER TAKEOFF
The GW and GWCG are computed by the FE and are available on the MCDU FUEL PRED page.
Compute the FOB using the sum of the operative FQI in the fuel tanks.
Alternatively, compute the FOB using the FOB at the departure airport and the F. USED as
follows:
FOB = FOB at departure − F. USED.
Continued on the following page
28-07-03-02B Left Outer Tank Fuel Temperature Indication on the FUEL SD page
Ident.: MO-28-07-03-00008126.0007001 / 28 MAR 16
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For minimum/maximum fuel temperatures to be considered for takeoff and flight:
Refer to FCOM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature
IN FLIGHT
If the TAT is below the minimum fuel temperature:
Perform a manual outer to inner transfer:
OUTR TK XFR pb-sw............................................................................................................. ON
IN FLIGHT
If the FUEL FUEL LO TEMP alert associated with the left outer tank is activated on the
EWD due to outer tank temperature below -40 °C:
Perform a manual forward trim transfer:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw.........................................................................................................FWD
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
For minimum/maximum fuel temperatures to be considered for takeoff and flight:
Refer to FCOM/LIM-28 Fuel Temperature
IN FLIGHT
If the TAT is below the minimum fuel temperature:
Perform a manual forward trim transfer:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw.........................................................................................................FWD
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the trim tank should be considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW and should be
taken into account for the CG determination.
Ensure that the Ground Traffic staff are aware of the abnormal fuel load and provide a fuel index
obtained using the computerized abnormal fuel load index tables. Alternatively, an abnormal fuel
load index may be obtained from HKG via ACARS.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
T. TANK FEED sw .................................................................................................................... ISOL
28-21-01A
Inner Tank Main Pump
28-21-01B
Ident.: MO-28-21-00010338.0002001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The aft transfers are inhibited and the CG control is no longer available.
In that respect, increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
To cope with the failure of the remaining main pump in the affected tank, 2 000 kg of additional
fuel must be loaded in the aircraft.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Associated Inner Tank L(R) Main pb-sw ....................................................................................OFF
IN FLIGHT
Aft transfers are inhibited and the CG control is no longer available.
In the event of a failure of the remaining main pump in the affected tank:
2 000 kg of fuel will become not usable in that affected tank.
IN FLIGHT
Should an excessive fuel imbalance develop:
Apply the QRH fuel imbalance procedure: Refer to QRH/ABN-28 FUEL IMBALANCE
In the case of excessive fuel imbalance:
OUTR TK XFR pb-sw ..................................................................................................... ON
BANK ANGLE.................................................. 3 ° WING DOWN ON THE LIGHTER SIDE
RUDDER TRIM...............................................................................................................USE
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the affected outer tank should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.
The fuel in the trim tank should be considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW and should be
taken into account for the CG determination.
Ensure that the Ground Traffic staff are aware of the abnormal fuel load and provide a fuel index
obtained using the computerized abnormal fuel load index tables. Alternatively, an abnormal fuel
load index may be obtained from HKG via ACARS.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
T. TANK FEED sw .................................................................................................................... ISOL
IN FLIGHT
If the FCMC commands the outer to inner tank transfer:
Both outer to inner transfer valves will open, and
All of the fuel in the outer tanks fuel will be available.
If the outer to inner transfer valve on the affected side fails during the flight before the
outer to inner transfer takes place:
The fuel will remain trapped in the associated outer tank and will, therefore, not be usable.
The resulting lateral imbalance may exceed the AFM/FCOM outer imbalance limitation.
However, in this case, this lateral imbalance is acceptable, because sufficient aircraft handling
qualities are maintained.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the affected outer tank should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.
Continued on the following page
28-25-05B Outer Tank Inlet Valve (outer tank less than full)
Ident.: MO-28-25-00009807.0005001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Ensure that the Ground Traffic staff are aware of the abnormal fuel load and provide a fuel index
obtained using the computerized abnormal fuel load index tables. Alternatively, an abnormal fuel
load index may be obtained from HKG via ACARS.
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 28-25-05B
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the trim tank should be considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW and should be
taken into account for the CG determination.
Ensure that the Ground Traffic staff are aware of the abnormal fuel load and provide a fuel index
obtained using the computerized abnormal fuel load index tables. Alternatively, an abnormal fuel
load index may be obtained from HKG via ACARS.
The CG control is no longer available.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the affected outer tank should be considered as not usable for the flight planning.
IN FLIGHT
If the FCMC commands the outer to inner tank transfer:
The affected outer to inner transfer valve will not open.
Therefore, the FUEL OUTR TO INR FAULT alert will be displayed on the EWD.
Apply the “OUTR TK XFR ....... ON” ECAM procedure.
This will manually transfer fuel from the outer to the inner tanks via the refuel gallery by
immediately opening the outer and the inner inlet valves.
All the fuel in the affected outer tank will therefore be available.
If the outer inlet valve, or the inner inlet valve on the affected side fails during the flight
before the outer to inner transfer takes place:
The fuel will remain trapped in the associated outer tank and will, therefore, not be usable.
The resulting lateral imbalance may exceed the AFM/FCOM outer imbalance limitation.
However, in this case, this lateral imbalance is acceptable, because sufficient aircraft handling
qualities are maintained.
28-26-01B Outer to Inner Transfer Valve (outer tank less than full)
Ident.: MO-28-26-00009808.0005001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Ensure that the Ground Traffic staff are aware of the abnormal fuel load and provide a fuel index
obtained using the computerized abnormal fuel load index tables. Alternatively, an abnormal fuel
load index may be obtained from HKG via ACARS.
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 28-26-01B
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the trim tank should be considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW and should be
taken into account for the CG determination.
Ensure that the Ground Traffic staff are aware of the abnormal fuel load and provide a fuel index
obtained using the computerized abnormal fuel load index tables. Alternatively, an abnormal fuel
load index may be obtained from HKG via ACARS.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
Disregard the FUEL T TANK XFR FAULT ECAM alert, if triggered on ground or in flight.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
T. TANK FEED sw .................................................................................................................... ISOL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
Disregard the FUEL T TANK XFR FAULT ECAM alert, if triggered on ground or in flight.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the trim tank should be considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW and should be
taken into account for the CG determination.
Ensure that the Ground Traffic staff are aware of the abnormal fuel load and provide a fuel index
obtained using the computerized abnormal fuel load index tables. Alternatively, an abnormal fuel
load index may be obtained from HKG via ACARS.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
Disregard the FUEL T TANK XFR FAULT ECAM alert, if triggered on ground or in flight.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
T. TANK FEED sw .................................................................................................................... ISOL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
Continued on the following page
IN FLIGHT
When the positive pitch angle is more than 3 °:
Forward transfers are inhibited.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The aft transfers are inhibited.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
AFTER ENGINE START
If GW and CG values are missing in the MCDU FUEL PRED page:
Insert GW and CG
The Flight Envelope (FE) part of the FMGEC will perform the back-up computation of the
GW and CG during flight. This enables to obtain a speed profile, speed computations and
predictions.
IN FLIGHT
At the beginning of the cruise phase, when the positive pitch angle is less than 3 °:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw ....................................................................................................... FWD
If the FUEL ABNORM MAN FWD XFR alert is displayed on the EWD:
Disregard this alert.
When the trim tank is empty:
T. TANK MODE pb-sw ............................................................................................... AUTO
T. TANK FEED sw ....................................................................................................... ISOL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The fuel in the trim tank should be considered as not usable and as part of the ZFW and should be
taken into account for the CG determination.
Ensure that the Ground Traffic staff are aware of the abnormal fuel load and provide a fuel index
obtained using the computerized abnormal fuel load index tables. Alternatively, an abnormal fuel
load index may be obtained from HKG via ACARS.
The CG control is no longer available.
Increase the fuel consumption by 1 %.
Continued on the following page
IN FLIGHT
If the yellow electric pump is affected
and
In the case of failure of engine 2:
The extension/retraction time of the flaps increases.
CAUTION The T.O CONFIG pb must be maintained pressed while checking that there is no
alert except a false HYD G(B)(Y)(G+B)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR alert.
T.O CONFIG pb.........................................................................................................................Press
Consider normal configuration for takeoff provided that no alert was displayed during the T.O
CONFIG TEST except a false HYD G(B)(Y)(G+B)(G+Y)(B+Y) SYS LO PR alert.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance
No penalty.
Flight planning
In cruise at and above FL 150:
Increase the fuel consumption by 5.5 %.
In cruise below FL 150:
Increase the fuel consumption by 2.5 %.
Single engine cruise
OAT (°C) <ISA +5 ≥ ISA +5
Drift down ceiling decrement (ft) 100 1 000
Landing performance
No penalty.
ON GROUND
Apply the A.ICE L(R) INR (OUTR) WING OPEN ECAM procedure displayed on the EWD.
When the wing anti-ice control valve is failed on the right side only,
and
If the APU bleed air is used for air conditioning:
Maintain the X BLEED selector at CLOSE.
AFTER TAKEOFF
When above 1 500 ft:
Apply the automatic recall of the A.ICE L(R) INR (OUTR) WING OPEN ECAM procedure
displayed on the EWD.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance
No penalty.
Flight planning
In cruise at and above FL 150:
Increase the fuel consumption by 5.5 %.
In cruise below FL 150:
Increase the fuel consumption by 2.5 %.
Single engine cruise
OAT (°C) <ISA +5 ≥ ISA +5
Drift down ceiling decrement (ft) 100 1 000
Landing performance
No penalty.
ON GROUND
Apply the A.ICE L(R) INR (OUTR) WING OPEN ECAM procedure displayed on the EWD.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 30-21-01B
Flight planning
Increase the fuel consumption by 0.5 % per engine anti ice valve blocked in the open position.
Single engine cruise
OAT (°C) <ISA +5 ≥ ISA +5
Drift down ceiling decrement (ft) 0 500
Landing performance
No penalty.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) pb-sw (inoperative valve)............................................................................. ON
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Takeoff performance
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 30-21-01B
Flight planning
Increase the fuel consumption by 0.5 % per engine anti ice valve blocked in the open position.
Single engine cruise
Continued on the following page
Landing performance
No penalty.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
ANTI ICE ENG 1(2) pb-sw (inoperative valve)............................................................................. ON
30-31-04A
Angle of Attack (AOA) Probes Heating
30-31-04B
Ident.: MO-30-31-00008150.0001001 / 15 DEC 11
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the PF side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
When the PM side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is not affected and is still CAT 3 DUAL.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the PF side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
When the PM side is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is not affected and is still CAT 3 DUAL.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the wiper is inoperative on the PF side,
and
When the rain repellent is inoperative or deactivated on the PF side:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
IN FLIGHT
If icing conditions are expected during night operations:
Turn on the engine anti-ice and the wing anti-ice.
AFTER START
Carry out CVR test after the first engine start.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
After any CMC failure or electrical power interruption resulting in the loss of the UTC
indication on the Permanent Data of the SD (40 H 00 displayed on the Permanent Data
of the SD page):
Initialize the UTC and the date using the MCDU: Refer to FCOM/DSC-45-20 UTC/DATE INIT
To initialize:
‐ MCDU MENU KEY......................................................................................................PRESS
‐ CMS Soft Key (4L)...................................................................................................... PRESS
‐ UTC/DATE INIT (6L)................................................................................................... PRESS
‐ DATA............................................................................................................................ENTER
After initialization of the UTC indication on the Permanent Data of the SD:
If the F/CTL FLAP TIP BRK FAULT and/or the F/CTL SLAT TIP BRK FAULT alerts
are displayed on the EWD:
The flight crew should contact the maintenance personnel to perform corresponding
slats and/or flaps WTB engagement test (Refer to the AMM) to clear the alerts.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When both altitude alert functions are inoperative:
RVSM operations are not permitted.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Check that the aircraft is in the correct takeoff configuration:
‐ FLAPS/SLATS....................................................................................................................CHECK
‐ On the EWD, check that the FLAPS position corresponds to the position inserted in the MCDU
PERF TAKE OFF Page.
‐ PITCH TRIM...................................................................................................................... CHECK
‐ Check that the selected pitch trim is in the green band of the pitch trim wheel and corresponds
to the value inserted in the MCDU PERF TAKE OFF Page.
‐ RUDDER TRIM.......................................................................................................CHECK ZERO
‐ GROUND SPOILERS..........................................................................................CHECK ARMED
‐ SIDESTICK PRIORITY light ..............................................................................CHECK NO RED
‐ On the WHEEL SD page, check that the brakes temperature is below 300 °C.
‐ On the DOOR/OXY SD page, check that all doors are indicated closed.
‐ Deselect the DOOR/OXY SD page after the check.
AT TAKEOFF
In the case of FLX TO mode:
The MAN FLX temperature is displayed amber XX on the FMA.
The MAN FLX temperature may be recovered by setting the F/O EFIS DMC selector to 3.
31-63-01A
Display Unit (DU)
31-63-01B
Ident.: MO-31-63-00008161.0001001 / 12 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one PFDU or one NDU is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Set the corresponding knob to OFF.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
If the SDU is inoperative:
and
In the case of alerts being displayed on the EWDU:
Use the ECAM/ND SWITCHING selector to display the System Page on the selected NDU.
31-68-02-02A PFD/ND pb
Ident.: MO-31-68-02-00008162.0001001 / 20 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The brake energy graph and the brake cooling time table given hereafter enable to determine the
ground brake cooling time. Also Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-32 Brake Cooling.
BRAKE ENERGY GRAPH
If MAX reverser thrust was selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITH THRUST REVERSERS USE.
If MAX reverser thrust was NOT selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITHOUT THRUST REVERSERS USE.
Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a REJECTED TAKEOFF (RTO):
‐ Enter with the aircraft takeoff weight (TOW), and with the rejected takeoff speed in kt IAS,
‐ Apply the airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.
Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a LANDING:
‐ Enter with the aircraft landing weight, and
‐ Enter with the touch down speed in kt IAS if the autobrake was selected and applied or with the
manual braking speed in kt IAS in the other cases.
‐ Apply the airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections,
‐ Correct for the brake setting with a preselected autobrake setting AUTO/BRK (LO, MED) or with
the MAX PEDAL braking in the other cases.
Continued on the following page
If the ENERGY and the OAT are not given in the table, take the values given in the next adjacent
column/row.
For example, with ENERGY = 78 MJ, and OAT = 15 °C, entering the next adjacent column/row
(ENERGY = 80 MJ, OAT = 20 °C) gives the following results:
WITHOUT BRAKE COOLING FAN: 204 min
WITH BRAKE COOLING FAN: 42 min
Note: 'WITH BRAKE COOLING FAN' times only apply to aircraft installed brake fans. (N/A CX)
Enter the following table with the energy and the OAT to determine the ground brake cooling time.
GROUND BRAKE COOLING TIME (min)
ENERGY OAT (°C)
PER
WHEEL -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55
(MJ)
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
15 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 15 22 28 35 37
0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 5 6 7 8
20 0 8 15 22 28 35 40 46 51 56 61 64
0 2 3 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 13
25 35 40 46 51 56 61 66 71 75 79 83 85
7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 18
30 61 66 71 75 79 83 87 91 95 98 102 103
13 14 15 16 16 17 18 19 20 20 21 22
35 83 87 91 95 98 102 105 108 112 115 118 119
17 18 19 20 20 21 22 23 23 24 25 25
40 102 105 108 112 115 118 121 124 126 129 132 133
21 22 23 23 24 25 25 26 26 27 27 28
45 118 121 124 126 129 132 134 137 140 142 144 146
25 25 26 26 27 27 28 29 29 30 30 30
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The brake energy graph and the brake cooling time table given hereafter enable to determine the
ground brake cooling time. Also Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-32 Brake Cooling.
BRAKE ENERGY GRAPH
If MAX reverser thrust was selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITH THRUST REVERSERS USE.
If MAX reverser thrust was NOT selected for all reversers during the braking phase:
Enter the brake energy graph: WITHOUT THRUST REVERSERS USE.
Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a REJECTED TAKEOFF (RTO):
‐ Enter with the aircraft takeoff weight (TOW), and with the rejected takeoff speed in kt IAS,
‐ Apply the airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections.
Determination of the brake energy accumulated during a LANDING:
‐ Enter with the aircraft landing weight, and
‐ Enter with the touch down speed in kt IAS if the autobrake was selected and applied or with the
manual braking speed in kt IAS in the other cases.
‐ Apply the airport pressure altitude, temperature, wind and runway slope corrections,
‐ Correct for the brake setting with a preselected autobrake setting AUTO/BRK (LO, MED) or with
the MAX PEDAL braking in the other cases.
Continued on the following page
If the ENERGY and the OAT are not given in the table, take the values given in the next adjacent
column/row.
For example, with ENERGY = 78 MJ, and OAT = 15 °C, entering the next adjacent column/row
(ENERGY = 80 MJ, OAT = 20 °C) gives the following results:
WITHOUT BRAKE COOLING FAN: 206 min
WITH BRAKE COOLING FAN: 42 min
Note: 'WITH BRAKE COOLING FAN' times only apply to aircraft installed brake fans. (N/A CX)
Enter the following table with the energy and the OAT to determine the ground brake cooling time.
GROUND BRAKE COOLING TIME (min)
ENERGY OAT (°C)
PER
WHEEL -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 55
(MJ)
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
15 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 14 21 28 34 37
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 4 6 7 8
20 0 6 14 21 28 34 40 46 51 56 61 64
0 1 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 13
25 34 40 45 51 56 61 66 71 75 79 84 86
7 8 9 10 11 13 14 14 15 16 17 18
30 61 66 70 75 79 83 87 91 95 99 102 104
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 19 20 21 21
35 83 87 91 95 99 102 106 109 112 115 119 120
17 18 19 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 24 25
40 102 105 109 112 115 118 121 124 127 130 133 134
21 22 22 23 24 24 25 26 26 27 27 28
45 118 121 124 127 130 133 136 138 141 143 146 147
24 25 25 26 27 27 28 28 29 29 30 30
Continued on the following page
IN FLIGHT
MAX SPEED.................................................................................................................250 kt/M 0.55
32-31-02A LGCIU 2
Ident.: MO-32-31-00008167.0001001 / 30 JAN 14
Applicable to: B-HLD, B-HLF, B-HLH, B-HLM, B-HLN, B-HLO, B-HLP, B-HLQ, B-HLR, B-HLS, B-HLT, B-HLU, B-HLV, B-HLW
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The heating system of the lower deck cabin crew rest compartment is not available. (A340
only)
ON GROUND
On the WHEEL SD page, the landing gear position indications associated with the LGCIU 2 are
displayed XX.
When the STROBE sw is set to AUTO, the strobe lights remain on.
32-31-02A LGCIU 2
Ident.: MO-32-31-00008167.0004001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: B-LAC, B-LAD, B-LAE, B-LAF, B-LAG, B-LAH, B-LAI, B-LAJ, B-LAK, B-LAL, B-LAM, B-LAN, B-LAO, B-LAP, B-LAQ,
B-LAR, B-LAX, B-LAZ, B-LBA, B-LBB, B-LBC, B-LBE, B-LBF, B-LBG, B-LBH, B-LBI, B-LBJ, B-LBK
ON GROUND
On the WHEEL SD page, the landing gear position indications associated with the LGCIU 2 are
displayed XX.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 32-31-04A
OR
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-25 FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 32-31-04A
OR
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-25 FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN
FLT L/G DOWN memo is displayed in green, when operating in ferry flight with gear down.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 32-33-01A
OR
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SPO-25 FLIGHT WITH GEAR DOWN
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
1 Brake inoperative
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 32-42-01A
Note: ACARS RTOW data is fully optimized and may recommend TOGA or de-rated or flex
thrust for take-off.
LANDING PERFORMANCE
1 Brake inoperative
Input ACARS LANDING MEL CODE: 32-42-01A
OR
Multiply the landing distance by 1.10.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
The BRAKES RELEASED alert must be disregarded provided it is confirmed that the ECAM alert
is related to the deactivated or removed brake.
TAKEOFF
When one brake is inoperative,
and
The AUTO/BRK function is operative and used:
A braking asymmetry can be expected, and compensated by the pilot using the rudder.
AFTER TAKEOFF
If both engines are operative:
Keep the landing gear down for two minutes to allow the wheels spin down.
In the case of an engine failure, and when positive climb:
Retract the landing gear.
Vibrations may be present during one or two minutes after the landing gear retraction.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
2 Brakes inoperative
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 32-42-01B
Note: ACARS RTOW data is fully optimized and may recommend TOGA or de-rated or flex
thrust for take-off.
LANDING PERFORMANCE
2 Brakes inoperative
Input ACARS LANDING MEL CODE: 32-42-01B
OR
Multiply the landing distance by 1.21.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
The BRAKES RELEASED alert must be disregarded provided it is confirmed that the ECAM alert
is related to the deactivated or removed brake.
AFTER TAKEOFF
If both engines are operative:
Keep the landing gear down for two minutes to allow the wheels to spin down.
In the case of an engine failure, and when positive climb:
Retract the landing gear.
Vibrations may be present during one or two minutes after the landing gear retraction.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
1 Brake inoperative
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 32-42-02A
Note: ACARS RTOW data is fully optimized and may recommend TOGA or de-rated or flex
thrust for take-off.
LANDING PERFORMANCE
1 Brake inoperative
Input ACARS LANDING MEL CODE: 32-42-02A
OR
Multiply the landing distance by 1.10.
TAKEOFF
When one brake is inoperative,
and
The AUTO/BRK function is operative and used:
A braking asymmetry can be expected and compensated by the pilot using the rudder.
AFTER TAKEOFF
If both engines are operative,
Keep the landing gear down for two minutes.
In the case of an engine failure, and when positive climb,
Retract landing gear.
Vibrations may be present during one or two minutes after landing gear retraction.
AT LANDING
When one brake is inoperative,
and
The AUTO/BRK function is operative and used:
A braking asymmetry can be expected and compensated by the pilot using the rudder.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
2 Brakes inoperative
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 32-42-02B
Note: ACARS RTOW data is fully optimized and may recommend TOGA or de-rated or flex
thrust for take-off.
LANDING PERFORMANCE
2 Brakes inoperative
Input ACARS LANDING MEL CODE: 32-42-02B
OR
Multiply the landing distance by 1.21.
AFTER TAKEOFF
If both engines are operative:
Keep the landing gear down for two minutes.
In the case of an engine failure, and when positive climb:
Retract the landing gear.
Vibrations may be present during one or two minutes after landing gear extension.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING TAXI
When the T.O MEMO appears on the EWD:
Disregard the line AUTO BRK ............................................................... MAX (Blue)
32-42-05A Tachometer
Ident.: MO-32-42-00008173.0001001 / 20 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Performance penalties associated with one tachometer inoperative correspond to performance
penalties with one brake inoperative.
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
1 Brake inoperative
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 32-42-05A
Note: ACARS RTOW data is fully optimized and may recommend TOGA or de-rated or flex
thrust for take-off.
LANDING PERFORMANCE
1 Brake inoperative
Input ACARS LANDING MEL CODE: 32-42-05A
OR
Multiply the landing distance by 1.1.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
The BRAKES RELEASED alert may be disregarded provided that it is confirmed that this alert is
related to the faulty tachometer.
The purpose of the procedure is to explain how to perform the flight control check with one or both
PEDALS DISC pb failed in the released position.
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the disconnection is not possible on one side:
The flight control check can be performed on the operative side.
When the disconnection is not possible on both sides:
The flight control check must be performed while aircraft is stopped.
BEFORE PUSHBACK
A/SKID & N/W STRG sw............................................................................................................ OFF
AFTER PUSHBACK
A/SKID & N/W STRG sw.............................................................................................................. ON
BEFORE PUSHBACK
A/SKID & N/W STRG sw............................................................................................................ OFF
As a result of the NWS electrical box deactivation, the parking brake light on that box will not be
available.
The parking brake setting must be verbally confirmed between the flight crew and the ground
personnel before pushback.
Continued on the following page
BEFORE PUSHBACK
The parking brake setting must be verbally confirmed between the flight crew and the ground
personnel.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Establish that at the time of dispatch the complete flight up to parking in HKG can be performed in
the hours of daylight.
BEFORE ENGINE START
Notify the ground personnel on the headset for pushback/start that the lower beacon is
inoperative.
33-40-02A
33-40-02B Landing light
33-40-02C
Ident.: MO-33-40-00008186.0001001 / 16 FEB 10
Applicable to: ALL
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
When the landing lights are required:
‐ EXT LT NOSE sw............................................................................................................. T.O
‐ EXT LT LAND sw...............................................................................................................ON
IN FLIGHT
In the case of associated ADR failure:
The ADR may be switched OFF through the associated IR Mode selector.
In this case, the associated IR is also lost.
34-01-32A IR pb-sw
Ident.: MO-34-01-00012706.0001001 / 15 DEC 11
Applicable to: ALL
IN FLIGHT
In the case of associated IR failure:
The IR may be switched OFF through the associated IR Mode selector.
In this case, the associated ADR is also lost.
GENERAL INFORMATION
For the determination of F and S, Refer to QRH/PER-A Operating Speeds.
For the determination of Green Dot, Refer to QRH/PER-A Green Dot Speed.
For the determination of VAPP, Refer to QRH/PER-A VLS and Refer to QRH/PER-C VAPP
Determination without Failure.
For VFE or VLE determination, refer to the corresponding placard in the cockpit.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
34-10-01A
ADR
34-10-01B
Ident.: MO-34-10-00008187.0001001 / 12 MAR 10
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Disregard the NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT alert (associated with the inoperative ADR) displayed on
the EWD.
If ADR 1 is affected:
‐ ADR 1 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... OFF
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector......................................................................... CAPT ON 3
If ADR 2 is affected:
‐ ADR 2 pb-sw.................................................................................................................... OFF
‐ AIR DATA SWITCHING selector.............................................................................F/O ON 3
If ADR 3 is affected:
ADR 3 pb-sw.........................................................................................................................OFF
34-10-02A
IR
34-10-02B
Ident.: MO-34-10-00008188.0001001 / 15 DEC 15
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 3 SINGLE.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
If IR 1 is affected:
‐ IR 1 pb-sw........................................................................................................................ OFF
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector.......................................................................... CAPT ON 3
If the ADS-B OUT function is required for the intended route:
ATC selector........................................................................................................................ 2
Continued on the following page
Note: 1. Honeywell TCAS is inoperative: Refer to Item 34-40-04 Traffic Collision Avoidance
System (TCAS) Function
2. Terrain functions of TAWS are inoperative: Refer to Item 34-40-01 Ground
Proximity Warning System (GPWS)/Terrain Awareness and Warning System
(TAWS/EGPWS) Function
If IR 2 is affected:
‐ IR 2 pb-sw........................................................................................................................ OFF
‐ ATT HDG SWITCHING selector..............................................................................F/O ON 3
If the ADS-B OUT function is required for the intended route:
ATC selector........................................................................................................................ 1
If IR 3 is affected:
IR 3 pb-sw.............................................................................................................................OFF
Note: When the associated ADR is inoperative and if the affected IR pb-sw OFF light does not
come on:
Set the IR mode selector to OFF.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one GLS is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is GLS CAT 1.
When both GLS are inoperative:
CAT 1 GLS approaches are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When one ILS is inoperative:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
When both ILS are inoperative:
ILS approaches are not permitted.
FLIGHT PREPARATIONS
Crew briefings shall emphasize awareness of altitude, flight path and weather. This may include
flight crew use of all systems available (A/P, Auto land capability, ILS) and auto callouts.
FLIGHT PREPARATIONS
Crew briefings shall emphasize awareness of altitude, flight path and weather. This may include
flight crew use of all systems available (A/P, Auto land capability, ILS) and auto callouts.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2 without autoland.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Establish ADS-B requirements for the intended routes. Coordination with IOC/Dispatch may be
required.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Disregard the REGUL LO PR indication and associated OXY indication on the DOOR/OXY SD
page.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The table below must be used to determine the min oxygen bottle pressure for dispatch.
The minimum dispatch pressure when departing HKG is 1,600 psi.
CREW OXYGEN MINIMUM DISPATCH PRESSURE
Departing Port/Region Destination Min. Dispatch Pressure
Asia (except HKG) Asia 1000
Australia/New Zealand 1000
Middle East/India 1000
Middle East/India (via Kunming) 1500
Europe 1500
Middle East/India Asia 1000
Asia (via Kunming) 1500
Middle East/India 1000
Australia/New Zealand Asia 1100
Australia/New Zealand 1000
Europe Asia 1500
Note: 1. The minimum dispatch pressure may be reduced as follows according to the number
of cockpit seats to be occupied:
• If three seats are occupied, the pressure may be reduced by up to 15 %.
• If two seats are occupied, the pressure may be reduced by up to 35 %.
2. For destinations not covered in the above table, contact Operations Engineering via
IOC.
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Alternate normal procedures and emergency procedures must be established with the ISM before
departure to adapt the number of galley area occupants in accordance with the available adjacent
cabin attendant individual oxygen modules, if necessary.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The minimum number of serviceable bottles required for the intended flight is the greater of:
1. One bottle per cabin attendant on duty, or
2. The number of bottles determined from the table below:
Note: The diversion time is based on the most critical enroute alternate.
36-11-01A
Engine Bleed Air Supply System
36-11-01B
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008202.0001001 / 20 OCT 14
Applicable to: B-HLD, B-HLF, B-HLH, B-HLM, B-HLN, B-HLO, B-HLP, B-HLQ, B-HLR, B-HLS, B-HLT, B-HLU, B-HLV, B-HLW, B-LAC,
B-LAD, B-LAE, B-LAF, B-LAG, B-LAH, B-LAI, B-LAJ, B-LAK, B-LAL, B-LAM, B-LAN, B-LAO, B-LAP, B-LAQ, B-LAR, B-LAX, B-LAZ,
B-LBA, B-LBB, B-LBC
36-11-01A
Engine Bleed Air Supply System
36-11-01B
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008202.0002001 / 20 OCT 14
Applicable to: B-LBE, B-LBF, B-LBG, B-LBH, B-LBI, B-LBJ, B-LBK
CAUTION Reset ENG BLEED pb-sw as requested by ECAM procedure even if the ENG
BLEED pb-sw is placarded inoperative as per MEL 36-11-01.
DURING TAXI
When the engines operate in idle thrust:
‐ Associated ENG 1(2) BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................... OFF
‐ X BLEED selector................................................................................................................ OPEN
‐ Apply the AIR ABNORM BLEED CONFIG ECAM procedure displayed on the EWD.
BEFORE TAKEOFF AND UNTIL DESCENT
Just before applying takeoff thrust:
‐ Associated ENG 1(2) BLEED pb-sw........................................................................................ ON
‐ X BLEED selector................................................................................................................ AUTO
‐ Restore normal settings further to the application of the AIR ABNORM BLEED CONFIG ECAM
procedure.
BEFORE DESCENT AND UNTIL LANDING
When the engines operate in idle thrust:
‐ Associated ENG 1(2) BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................... OFF
‐ X BLEED selector................................................................................................................ OPEN
‐ Apply the AIR ABNORM BLEED CONFIG ECAM procedure displayed on the EWD.
36-11-07B
Engine Bleed HP Valve
36-11-07C
Ident.: MO-36-11-00008204.0001001 / 13 MAY 15
Applicable to: ALL
DURING TAXI
When the engines operate in idle thrust:
‐ Associated ENG 1(2) BLEED pb-sw...................................................................................... OFF
‐ X BLEED selector................................................................................................................ OPEN
Continued on the following page
GENERAL INFORMATION
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Starting (MES) or air conditioning.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-70 Engine Start with External Pneumatic Power
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
APU BLEED pb-sw .......................................................................................................................Off
GENERAL INFORMATION
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditioning.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-70 Engine Start with External Pneumatic Power
ON GROUND
When the APU is used:
APU BLEED pb-sw ................................................................................................................ON
GENERAL INFORMATION
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditioning.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-70 Engine Start with External Pneumatic Power
GENERAL INFORMATION
The UTC indication is not available on the permanent data on the SD.
49-10-01A
Power Plant (APU)
49-10-01B
Ident.: MO-49-10-00008209.0003001 / 28 MAR 16
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditioning.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-70 Engine Start with External Pneumatic Power
No electrical power will be available from the APU generator.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-70 Engine Start with Electrical External Power
The NBPT function will not operate normally.
In the case of both APU unserviceable and absence of suitable ground support equipment at
destination, an engine opposite to the refueling point will need to be operated during refueling to
ensure the continued availability of bleed air and electrical power for engine starting.
Refer to FCOM/PER-LOD-FUL REFUELING WITH ONE ENGINE RUNNING
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
APU MASTER SW pb-sw..............................................................................................................Off
GENERAL INFORMATION
No APU bleed air will be available for Main Engine Start (MES) or air conditioning.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-70 Engine Start with External Pneumatic Power
No electrical power will be available from the APU generator.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-70 Engine Start with Electrical External Power
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
APU MASTER SW pb-sw..............................................................................................................Off
52-01-01-01A CHAN (1, 2) LEDs on the CKPT DOOR CONT Overhead Panel
Ident.: MO-52-01-01-18700960.9001001 / 15 DEC 11
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION
Before first dispatch under this MEL item verify the fault light function by performing an ANN LT
test ensuring that the FAULT light illuminates.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Use the following tables to establish seating restrictions when operating with a passenger door or
escape slide inoperative:
Note: Coordination required with the Ramp coordinator to establish correct configuration and to
manage pax offloads.
A330 3 Class 39J/21W/191Y (A33K)
Inoperative Doors Number of Seat Row(s) to Additional Seats
or Slide/Rafts Zone Blocked Seats be blocked off to be blocked off
Door 1 (L or R) – 0 0 0
Door 2 (L or R) B,C,D 11J, 21W, 36Y 19-21, 30-32, 39-42 43 FG HK
Door 3 (L or R) E 19 59-60 61 D-F
Door 4 (L or R) E 84 65-75 64 G HK
ON GROUND
When the Cargo Door Open/Locked Indicator light is inoperative, it is necessary to
inform the ground personnel:
‐ To visually check that the affected cargo door is in the fully open position, with no
downward movement after releasing the lever of the manual selector valve.
‐ To visually check that the lever of the manual selector valve stays in the neutral position.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The Captain is to brief the ISM on the inoperative CDLS.
IN FLIGHT
The flight deck door security deadbolt is to be used to secure the door.
The flight deck crew must ensure that the situation in the cabin is normal before unlatching the
deadbolt by use of the CDSS or the door viewing spyhole.
The door is to be rebolted once the cabin attendant is inside the flight deck and again when the
flight attendant leaves the flight deck.
At least two people must be present on the flight deck at all times during the flight.
52-51-03A Buzzer
Ident.: MO-52-51-18700962.9001001 / 15 DEC 11
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The Captain and ISM are to discuss and agree a procedure for entry into the flight deck using
cabin to flight deck interphone communications.
IN FLIGHT
At least two people must be present on the flight deck at all times during the flight.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The captain is to brief the ISM on the inoperative keypad and to establish a procedure for entry
into the flight deck utilizing cabin to flight deck interphone communications.
IN FLIGHT
At least two people must always be present on the flight deck throughout the entire flight.
ON GROUND/IN FLIGHT
Push the door manually to confirm that the door is locked or unlocked.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The Captain is to brief the ISM on the inoperative CDLS functionality.
IN FLIGHT
Two persons must be permanently present on the flight deck at all times during the flight.
The flight deck door security deadbolt is to be used to secure the door.
The flight deck crew must ensure that the situation in the cabin is normal before unlatching the
deadbolt by use of the CDSS or the door viewing spy hole.
The door is to be re bolted once the cabin attendant is inside the flight deck and again when the
flight attendant leaves the flight deck.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The captain and the ISM are to liaise in order to establish a procedure for entry into the flight deck
utilizing cabin to cockpit interphone communications.
Before first dispatch under this MEL item, verify correct operation of the UNLOCK function as
follows:
1. Close door
2. Set Toggle switch to UNLOCK, and verify the door unlocks.
IN FLIGHT
At least two people must be present on the flight deck at all times during the flight.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The captain and the ISM are to liaise in order to establish a procedure for entry into the flight deck
utilizing cabin to flight deck interphone communications.
Before first dispatch under this MEL item, verify correct operation of the UNLOCK function as
follows:
1. Close door
2. Set Toggle switch to LOCK, check buzzer, key pad are inhibited and door remains closed.
3. Perform emergency access procedure on the keypad.
IN FLIGHT
At least two people must be present on the flight deck at all times during the flight.
GENERAL INFORMATION
If one door proximity switch is inoperative:
The here below deactivation procedure of the door proximity switch (door override procedure)
can be performed.
If two or more door proximity switches are inoperative:
The deactivation is not possible.
Any reopening of an overridden door will cause to apply again the complete door override
procedure.
The door override function will be reset at the end of the flight and must be repeated before each
flight.
Continued on the following page
56-10-01A
Front Windshield
56-10-01B
Ident.: MO-56-10-00008217.0001001 / 11 FEB 15
Applicable to: ALL
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
When the PF side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is CAT 1.
When the PM side is affected:
Maximum landing capability is not affected and is still CAT 3 DUAL.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Select Packs ON, Wing Anti-ice on and ENG anti ice ON in ACARS RTOW MCDU.
Note: Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-70 ENG THRUST LOSS.
ON GROUND OR IN FLIGHT
Disregard the ENG THRUST LOSS alert, if displayed again on the EWD.
FOR TAKEOFF
Apply the ENG 1(2) XWIND PROT FAULT ECAM procedure displayed on the EWD:
T.O THRUST............................................................................................................... SET SLOWLY
When the aircraft is aligned on the runway, set the T.O THRUST as follows:
‐ Apply = 1.1 EPR (or N1 = 60) on the brakes.
‐ Release the brakes and smoothly apply takeoff power.
‐ Check T.O EPR is set before reaching 60 kt.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW code: 73-20-04A
Single engine cruise
Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS N1
Go-Around performance
Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 GO AROUND N1
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Autothrust function is lost.
α floor function is lost.
Automatic Rolling Takeoff logic function is lost.
BEFORE ENGINE START
‐ ENG 1 N1 MODE pb-sw.......................................................................................................... ON
‐ ENG 2 N1 MODE pb-sw.......................................................................................................... ON
1
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Before applying takeoff power, check that the N1 thrust limit mode and the N1 rating limit value are
displayed on the EWD (no amber crosses XX displayed for the N1 mode).
Check that there is no ENG (x) N1 DEGRADED MODE displayed on the STATUS page.
If any of the above indications is present, takeoff is not allowed.
TAKEOFF
Perform the takeoff using full thrust. (TOGA)
If crosswind at or below 20 kt and no tailwind:
Release brakes with stick half forward.
Apply 50 % N1 on both engines.
When thrust is stable, increase thrust progressively to get TOGA thrust at 40 kt ground speed,
whilst maintaining stick half forward up to 80 kt.
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW code: 73-20-04A
Single engine cruise
Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS N1
Go-Around performance
Refer to FCOM/PER-THR-N1 GO AROUND N1
Continued on the following page
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW Code: 73-20-05A
OR
Use maximum take-off thrust.
Decrease maximum take-off weight by 3,000 kg
Keep the take-off speeds unchanged.
73-25-01A Engine Interface and Vibration Monitoring Unit (one EIVMU inoperative)
Ident.: MO-73-25-00008222.0005001 / 15 DEC 15
Applicable to: ALL
GENERAL INFORMATION
On the ENGINE SD page, the N1, N2 and N3 vibrations indications of the associated engine are
displayed XX.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
The minimum idle on ground of associated engine is inoperative, Refer to Item 73-20-05 Minimum
Idle on Ground
The autothrust function is inoperative, Refer to Item 22-30-01 Engine Autothrust (A/THR)
Maximum landing capability is CAT 2.
Performance
The associated thrust reverser is not available (no Thrust Reverser de-activation is required).
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 73-25-01A
Note: The ACARS RTOW MEL Code takes into account all performance degradation factors as
listed in FCOM/PRO-ABN-70.
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
Refer to FCOM/PRO-ABN-70-ENG 1(2) EIVMU FAULT.
FOR TAKEOFF
During the takeoff briefing, the flight crew must review:
‐ The status of the thrust reversers,
‐ The thrust reversers use.
In the event of a Rejected Takeoff:
Ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to the IDLE detent.
Use both reversers control levers when applying reverse thrust.
Note: The ENG (affected engine) REV FAULT alert will be displayed on the EWD after
thrust reverser selection.
Continued on the following page
AT ENGINE START
‐ Disregard the associated ENG 1(2) IGN SUPPLY FAULT and ENG 1(2) LP SHAFT PROT
LOSS alert displayed on the EWD.
‐ Disregard the XX indications for the Nacelle Temperature Indication and Oil Quantity Indication
on the ENGINE SD page
‐ The above associated alerts will disappear during the engine start and XX indications will be
available again during the engine start.
FLIGHT PREPARATION/LIMITATIONS
Refer to FCOM/PER for performance requirements on wet, contaminated or slippery runway.
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS RTOW MEL Code: 78-30-01A
LANDING PERFORMANCE
Input ACARS LANDING WITH REV = O
DURING COCKPIT PREPARATION
After correct deactivation of a thrust reverser and only when the associated FADEC is
powered:
The ENG 1(2) REV INHIBITED alert will be displayed on the EWD.
PILOT BRIEFING BEFORE TAKEOFF
During the takeoff briefing, the flight crew must review:
‐ The status of the thrust reversers,
‐ The thrust reversers use.
REJECTED TAKEOFF
Ensure that both engine thrust levers are set to the IDLE detent.
If one thrust reverser is inoperative:
Use both reversers control levers when applying reverse thrust.
If both thrust reversers are inoperative:
Do not select the reverse control levers.
IN FLIGHT
Should a failure occurs with "LDG DIST PROC.......APPLY" message displayed on the
STATUS SD page,
and
Whatever the actual thrust reversers selection at landing:
To calculate the LDG DIST with the in-flight failure, do not take credit of the inoperative thrust
reversers (Refer to QRH FPE-IFL).
Continued on the following page
79-09-02B
ENG 1(2) OIL FILTER CLOG Alert
79-09-02D
Ident.: MO-79-09-00008020.0002001 / 20 APR 14
Applicable to: ALL
AT ENGINE START
Apply the START VALVE MANUAL OPERATION procedure in the FCOM.
Refer to FCOM/PRO-SUP-70 Start Valve Manual Operation.
IN FLIGHT
If the affected engine shuts down, attempt to restart it only using windmilling relight.